k/
pc
16
16
-n
c-d
s
sa
clu
in
ne
a-
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
PC1616/PC1832/PC1864 v4.6 NA
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
Installation Guide
ht
tp
s:
WARNING: This manual contains information on limitations regarding product use and function and
information on the limitations as to liability the manufacturer. The entire manual should be read carefully.
pc
16
16
-n
k/
Table of Contents
Guidelines for Locating Smoke Detectors and CO Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
1
1
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
Chapter 2 User Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 Away Arming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Stay Arming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 Disarming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 [,] Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
6
6
6
6
8
Chapter 3 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1 Template Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 DLS Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 Advanced Keypad Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
9
9
9
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
Chapter 1 Installation & Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 Keybus Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Zone Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Zone Expanders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4 Bell Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5 AUX Power Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.6 PGM Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7 Carbon Monoxide Detector Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.8 Telephone Line Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.9 Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.10 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.11 AC Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.12 RFK5500 and RFK5564 Easy Wireless Enrollment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 4 Programming Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
ie
/c
en
tra
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
5.1 Index to Programming Worksheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
ct
Appendix A: Reporting Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
tie
fra
Appendix B: UL Listed Commercial and Residential Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
an
Appendix C: SIA False Alarm Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
m
a-
Appendix D: Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
/a
l
ar
Appendix E: Template Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
Appendix F: Communicator Format Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR SERVICE PERSONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
FCC COMPLIANCE STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
i
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Guidelines for Locating Smoke Detectors and CO Detectors
k/
The following information is for general guidance only and it is recommended that local fire codes and regulations be consulted when locating
and installing smoke and carbon monoxide alarms.
pc
16
16
-n
Smoke Detectors
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
Research indicates that all hostile fires in homes generate smoke to a greater or lesser extent. Detectable quantities of smoke precede detectable
levels of heat in most cases. Smoke alarms should be installed outside of each sleeping area and on each level of the home.
DSC recommends that additional smoke alarms beyond those required for minimum protection be installed. Additional areas that should be
protected include: the basement; bedrooms, especially where smokers sleep; dining rooms; furnace and utility rooms; and any hallways not
protected by the required units.
On smooth ceilings, detectors may be spaced 9.1m (30 feet) apart as a guide. Other spacing may be required depending on ceiling height, air
movement, the presence of joists, uninsulated ceilings, etc. Consult National Fire Alarm Code NFPA 72, CAN/ULC-S553-02 or other appropriate national standards for installation recommendations.
• Do not locate smoke detectors at the top of peaked or gabled ceilings; dead air space in these locations may prevent smoke detection.
• Avoid areas with turbulent air flow, such as near doors, fans or windows. Rapid air movement around the detector may prevent smoke from
entering the unit.
• Do not locate detectors in areas of high humidity.
• Do not locate detectors in areas where the temperature rises above 38oC (100oF) or falls below 5oC (41oF).
• Smoke detectors should always be installed in USA in accordance with Chapter 11 of NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm Code: 11.5.1.1. :
Where required by applicable laws, codes, or standards for a specific type of occupancy, approved single- and multiple-station smoke alarms
shall be installed as follows:
(1) In all sleeping rooms and guest rooms.
(2) Outside of each separate dwelling unit sleeping area, within 6.4 m (21 ft) of any door to a sleeping room, the distance measured along a path of travel.
(3) On every level of a dwelling unit, including basements.
(4) On every level of a residential board and care occupancy (small facility), including basements and excluding crawl spaces and unfinished attics.
(5) In the living area(s) of a guest suite.
(6) In the living area(s) of a residential board and care occupancy (small facility).
Figure 3
le
/D
Figure 1
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
Figure 2
Figure 3a
Figure 4
/a
l
CO Detectors
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
Carbon monoxide gas moves freely in the air. The human body is most vulnerable to the effects of CO gas
during sleeping hours. For maximum protection, a CO alarm should be located outside primary sleeping
areas or on each level of your home. Figure 5 indicates the suggested locations in the home. The electronic sensor detects carbon monoxide, measures the concentration and sounds a loud alarm before a
potentially harmful level is reached.
Do NOT place the CO alarm in the following areas:
• Where the temperature may drop below -10ºC or exceed 40 ºC.
• Near paint thinner fumes.
• Within 5 feet (1.5 meters) of open flame appliances such as furnaces, stoves and fireplaces.
• In exhaust streams from gas engines, vents, flues or chimneys.
• In close proximity to an automobile exhaust pipe; this will damage the detector.
ii
BEDROOM
BEDROOM
BEDROOM
GROUND
FLOOR
KITCHEN
GARAGE
BASEMENT
CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR
Figure 5
Chapter 1 Installation & Wiring
Chapter 1 Installation & Wiring
pc
16
16
-n
k/
This Installation Guide provides the basic installation, wiring and programming information required to program the PowerSeries PC1616,
PC1832, and PC1864 control panels.
All necessary information required to meet UL Listing requirements is included in this document.
PC1616
PC1832
On-board Zones
6
8
Hardwired Zones
16 (1xPC5108)
32(3xPC5108)
64 (7xPC5108)
Wireless Zones
32
32
Keypad Zone Support
On-board PGM
Outputs
sa
clu
in
ne
PC1864
8
64
PGM 1 - 50mA
PGM 2 - 300mA
PGM 1 - 50mA
PGM 2 - 300mA
PGM 1, 3, 4 - 50mA
PGM 2 - 300mA
PGM Expansion
8x50mA (PC5208)
4x500 mA (PC5204)
8x50mA (PC5208)
4x500 mA (PC5204)
8x50mA (PC5208)
4x500 mA (PC5204)
Keypads
8
8
8
Partitions
2
4
8
SPECIFICATIONS
User Codes
47 + Master Code
71 + Master Code
94 + Master Code
Temp Range . . . 0°C-49°C (32°F-120°F)
Humidity (Max) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93%R.H.
Power Supply . . 16.5VAC/40VA @60Hz
Current Draw (Panel) . . . .110mA (nom.)
Aux+ Output . . . . 11.1-12.6VDC/700mA
Bell Output. . . . . . 11.1-12.6VDC/700mA
Event Buffer
500 Events
500 Events
16.5VAC/40VA
16.5VAC/40VA
16.5VAC/40VA
4Ah / 7Ah/14AHr
4Ah / 7Ah/14AHr
4Ah / 7Ah/14AHr
12V/700 mA (cont)
12V/700 mA (cont)
12V/700 mA (cont)
ex
ne
-
-z
o
a6
500 Events
tra
la
Battery Required
-a
la
rm
Transformer Required
Bell Output
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
Cabinet
PC Module
Installation Guide
User Manual
Cabinet Label
Cabinet Door Plug
Standoffs
5.6K Resistors
2.2K Resistor
1.0K Resistor
Grounding Kit
-d
s
FEATURES
OUT Of THE BOX
Qty 1 Qty 1 Qty 1 Qty 1 Qty 2 Qty 1 Qty 5 Qty 16 Qty 1 Qty 1 Qty 1 c-
Technical Summary
/c
en
COMPATIBLE DEVICES
Keypads (Backward compatible with all PowerSeries keypads)
SC
Modules
TL-250/TL300 Communicator ............................................ 275/350mA
GS2060/GS2065 (GPRS/GSM only)........................................... 65mA
GS2060-SM (GPRS only) ........................................................... 90mA
TL260GS/TL265GS (Ethernet/GPRS) ...................................... 100mA
TL260-SM (Ethernet only) ......................................................... 100mA
TL260GS-SM (Ethernet/GPRS only)......................................... 120mA
PC5100 2-wire Interface............... 40mA plus devices to 170mA max.
RF5132-433 Wireless Receiver ............................................... 125mA
RF5108-433 Wireless Receiver ............................................... 125mA
PC5108 Zone Expander ............................................................. 30mA
PC5200 Power Supply ................................................................ 20mA
PC5204 Power Supply with 4 Programmable Outputs................ 30mA
PC5208 Low Current Programmable Output Module ................. 50mA
Escort5580 Telephone Interface Module ................................... 130m
en
tra
le
/D
PK55XX Keypad..............................................................125mA (max.)
RFK55XX Keypad ...........................................................135mA (max.)
LCD5511 Fixed Message LCD Keypad ........................... 85mA (max.)
LED5511Z 8-zone LED Keypad .....................................100mA (max.)
ie
/c
Cabinets
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
PC5003C......................................... 222x298x78mm (11.3x11.7x3.0in)
PC500C (residential burg only) ......... 213x235x78mm (8.4x9.25x3.0in)
PC4050CAR (UL commercial burg).. 305x 376x124mm (12.0x14.8x4.9in)
CMC-1 (UL commercial burg) ......... 287x297x76mm (11.3x11.7x3.0in)
Suttle, SAE 14 ......................... 355.6 x 362x 95mm (14x14.25x 3.75in)
Suttle, SAE 21 ......................... 533.4 x 362x 95mm (21x14.25x 3.75in)
Suttle, SAE 28 ......................... 711.2 x 362x 95mm (28x14.25x 3.75in)
Suttle, SAE 42 ....................... 1066.8 x 362x 95mm (42x14.25x 3.75in)
er
e.
ro
*The T-Link TL-150 is not UL/ULC listed
am
Classified in Accordance with ANSI/SIA CP-01-2000 (SIA-FAR)
ww
.e
-c
INSTALLATION
ht
tp
s:
//
w
Begin the installation by mounting additional modules in the cabinet using the stand-offs provided, then mount the cabinet in a dry, protected
area with access to unswitched AC power. Install hardware in the sequence indicated in the following pages. Do NOT apply power until installation is complete.
All wiring entry points are designated by arrows. All circuits are classified UL power limited except for the battery leads. Minimum 1/4”
(6.4mm) separation must be maintained at all points between power limited and non-power limited wiring and connections.
1
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
PC1616/1832/1864 Wiring Diagram
k/
North America Only
pc
16
16
-n
POWER LIMITED
Stand Off
PC Board
1. Inser t Stand off into cabinet
mounting hole in the
desired location. Snap-inplace.
Cable Tie (not supplied) recommended
DSC
sa
220
PC1616/1832/1864
WARNING:
NOTE: Do not connect
transformer to receptacle
controlled by a switch
-d
s
UA503
Primar y:120VAC/60Hz.
Secondary: 16.5VAC 40VA
DSCPTD 1640U
Class II Transformer
clu
2. Position circuit board
mounting holes over
standoffs. Press firmly
on board to snap-in-place.
c-
Cabinet
a-
ne
in
High Voltage. Disconnect AC Power
and telephone lines before servicing
ur
PC1864
Only
CON1
BAT+BAT-
AUX+
BELL+
PGM1
PGM3
AUXBELL- RED BLK YEL GRN
PGM2
PGM4 Z1 COM Z2
ta
t
AC AC
PC1864
PC1832
Only
TB-2
Z5 COM Z6
Z7 COM Z8 EGND
RING
TIP
R-1
T-1
ila
-1
6ta
s
230 VAC/50 Hz International
Z3 COM Z4
CON1
BAT+BAT-
See ground wiring
diagram in the Installation
section of this manual
12V / 7 AHr
ex
te
ns
ib
AC AC
RED
-z
o
16.5VAC/40VA
DSC Model BD7-12
or equivalent
a6
NON-POWER LIMITED
-a
la
rm
Battery
StandbyTime:
24Hrs min.
la
FUSE
12V / 7 AHr
BLACK
ne
-
To EGND
Terminal
tra
WARNING: Incorrect connections may result in PTC failure or improper operation.
le
/D
SC
/c
en
Inspect wiring and ensure connections are correct before applying power.
Do NOT route any wiring over circuit boards. Maintain at least 1"(25.4mm) separation.
A minimum of 1/4" (6.4mm) separation must be maintained at all points between
power limited wiring and all other non-power limited wiring.
ie
/c
a)This equipment, Alarm Controller PC1616/1832/1864 shall
be installed and used within an environment that provides the
pollution degree max 2 and over voltages category II
NON-HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS, indoor only. The equipment is
FIXED and PERMANENTLY connected and is designed to be
installed by ser vice persons only; [ser vice person is defined as a
person having the appropriate technical training and experience
necessar y to be aware of hazards to which that person may be
exposed in performing a task and of measures to minimize the risks
to that person or other persons.]
en
tra
IMPORTANT:
Incorrect connection of batteries may result in battery rupture or Fire Hazard.
Do NOT allow metal objects to connect the Positive and Negative Terminals.
Ensure that batteries are connected with correct polarity [Red to (+), Black to (-)].
Failure to comply with this may result in battery rupture and/or Fire Hazard.
All circuits are classified for UL Installations as Power Limited/Class II Power Limited
except for battery leads which are not power limited.
DSC
REV XX
220
PC1616/1832/1864
an
tie
fra
ct
UA503
m
a-
b)The connection to the mains supply must be made as per the local
authorities rules and regulations.
An appropriate disconnect device must be provided as par t of the
building installation. Where it is not possible to rely on identification of
the neutral in the AC Mains supply the disconnecting device must
disconnect both poles simultaneously (line and neutral). The device
shall disconnect the supply during servicing.
/a
l
ar
PC-LINK
ro
AUX+ and Keybus (Red) are Internally Connected
Total current draw from Keypads, PGM Outputs and
Aux circuits must not exceed 700mA
er
e.
c)The equipment enclosure must be secured to the building structure
before operation.
10
Internally Connected
.e
-c
am
e)Internal wiring must be routed in a manner that prevents:
- Excessive strain on wire and on terminal connections;
- Loosening of terminal; connections;
- Damage of conductor insulation
PC1864
Only
PC1864
PC1832
Only
CON1
BAT+BAT-
TB-2
AC AC
//
w
s:
ht
tp
DG009606
ww
f) Disposal of the used batteries shall be made according to the waste
recovery and recycling regulations applicable to the intended market.
+ AUX -
+ BELL -
RED BLK YEL GRN 1 PGM 2 3 PGM 4 Z1 COM Z2 Z3 COM Z4 Z5 COM Z6 Z7 COM Z8 EGND RING TIP R-1 T-1
Keybus
WARNING:
High Voltage. Disconnect AC Power
and telephone lines before servicing
2
PGMs
Zones
Telephone
Chapter 1 Installation & Wiring
1.1 Keybus Wiring
The following rules must be followed when wiring the Keybus:
• Minimum 22 AWG wire, max. 18 AWG (2-wire twisted preferred)
• Do not use shielded wire
• Modules can be home run, connected in series or T-tapped, provided that
the maximum wire distance from the control panel to any module does not
exceed 1,000 feet (305m)
• No more than 3,000 feet (915m) of wire can be used in total
150’ (46m)
clu
in
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
Normally Closed Loops - Do NOT use for UL Installations
Single End-of-Line Resistor Wiring
Burglary Zone Wiring Chart
te
ns
ex
7800 / 2377
ne
-
6200 / 1889
18
-z
o
19
a6
3000 / 914
4900 / 1493
ib
Maximum Wire Length to
End-of-Line Resistor (ft/meters)
20
-a
la
rm
Figures are based on maximum wiring resistance of 100
Double End-of-Line Resistor Wiring
/c
en
tra
la
[001]-[004] Selects Zone Definition
[013] Opt [1] Selects Normally Closed or EOL resistors
[013] Opt [2] Selects SEOL or DEOL resistors
[101]-[108] Opt [14], [15], [16] Selects Normally Closed SEOL or DEOL
for on-board zones (PC1832/1864, Zone 1-8; PC1616, Zones 1-6)
le
/D
SC
•
•
•
•
csa
CONTROL
PANEL 500’ (152m)
Zones can be wired for Normally Open or Normally Closed contacts, with
Single-End-of-Line (SEOL) or Double End-of-Line (DEOL) resistors.
Observe the following guidelines:
• For UL Listed Installations use SEOL or DEOL only
• Minimum 22 AWG wire, maximum 18 AWG
• Do not use shielded wire
• Wire run resistance shall not exceed 100Refer to the chart below:
22
500’ (152m)
-d
s
150’ (46m)
1.2 Zone Wiring
Wire
Gauge
pc
16
16
-n
k/
The 4-wire KEYBUS (red, black, yellow and green) is the communication connection between the control panel and all modules. The 4 KEYBUS terminals of all modules must be connected to the 4 KEYBUS terminals of the main control panel.
Zone Status - Loop Resistance/Loop Status
• Fault - 0 (shorted wire/loop)
• Secure - 5600 (contact closed)
ie
/c
en
tra
• Tamper - infinite (broken wire, open)
• Violated - 11,200 (contact open)
Module
Jumpers
J1
J2
Zones
Assigned
fra
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
J3
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Zones Disabled
Zones 09-16
Zones 17-24
Zones 25-32
Zones 33-40
Zones 41-48
Zones 49-56
Zones 57-64
Refer to the associated installation sheet for Jumper locations
for the PC5108 v1 and PC5700.
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
Zone expanders add zones in groups
of eight to the Alarm system. Module
jumpers J1, J2, J3 are required to
assign zones to these modules.
Jumper settings for PC5108 v2 are
shown here.
• PC5108 v1.0 supports first 32
zones only
• PC5700 enrolls as two modules
• Do NOT use PC5108 v1 and
PC5108 v2 on the same panel
ct
1.3 Zone Expanders
1.4 Bell Wiring
s:
//
w
ww
These terminals supply 700mA of current at 12VDC for commercial installations and 11.1-12.6VDC for
residential installations (e.g., DSC SD-15 WULF). To comply with NFPA 72 Temporal Three Pattern
requirements, Program [013] Opt [8] must be ON. Note that Steady, Pulsed alarms are also supported.
ht
tp
The Bell output is supervised and power limited by 2A PTC. If unused, connect a 1000 resistor across
Bell+ and Bell- to prevent the panel from displaying a trouble. See [][2].
3
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
1.5 AUX Power Wiring
k/
The control panel can provide a maximum of 700mA of current for modules, powered detectors, relays, LEDs, etc. If the total current required
exceeds 700mA, an additional power supply is required (e.g., PC5200, PC5204). See list below.
pc
16
16
-n
Min/max operating voltages for devices, sensors and modules is 9.5VDC - 14VDC.
1.6 PGM Wiring
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
For current levels greater than 300mA, a relay is required.
PGM2 can also be used for 2-wire smoke detectors.
NOTE: Use SEOL resistors on fire zones only.
LED output with current limiting resistor and optional relay
driver output
a-
PGMs switch to ground when activated from the control panel. Connect the
positive side of the device to be activated to the AUX+ Terminal. Connect the
negative terminal to the PGM.
Current output is as follows:
•
PGM 1, 3, 4
50mA
•
PGM 2
300mA
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
2-Wire Smoke Detectors Initiating Circuit
• Style B (Class B), Supervised, Power Limited
• UL Compatibility Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PC18-1
• DC Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8-13.8 VDC
• Detector Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2mA (MAX)
• Single End-of-Line (SEOL) Resistor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2200
• Loop Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24(MAX)
• Standby Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020
• Alarm Impedance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570(MAX)
• Alarm Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89mA (MAX)
-z
o
UL Compatibility ID For FSA-210B Series is: FS200
NOTE: For ULC Listed installations use FSA-210A and FSA-410A series.
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
4-Wire Smoke Detectors
SC
le
/D
12VDC
ALARM
INITIATING
LOOP
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
/c
en
2200 Ohm
END-OF-LINE
RESISTOR
EOLR-3
RM-1/RM-2 POWER LOOP
SUPERVISORY RELAY
en
tra
EOLR-2
END-OF-LINE
RESISTOR
5600 Ohm, 0.5W
ie
/c
1.7 Carbon Monoxide Detector Wiring
The following hardwired CO Detector models can be used with
PC1616/PC1832/PC1864 v4.5 (and higher) control panels:
• Potter Model CO-12/24, UL File E321434
• Quantum Model 12-24SIR, UL File E186246
• NAPCO Model FW-CO12 or FW-CO1224, UL File E306780
• System Sensor Model CO1224, UL File E307195
ct
CO DETECTOR
tie
NC
C
TROUBLE
NO NC
C
NO
an
- +
ALARM
fra
POWER
//
w
s:
ar
/a
l
ro
-
+
er
am
.e
-c
RM-1/RM-2
POWER LOOP
SUPERVISORY
RELAY
(12VDC, 35mA)
ww
(SEOL TYPE 41)
e.
ANY ANY
COM Z
ZONE
INPUT
SEOL
RESISTOR
(5600 ohm)
ALARM
INITIATING
LOOP
RESISTANCE
100 ohm
ht
tp
DG009477
+-
AUX
m
a-
PC1616/1832/1864
4
NOTE: For multiple unit connections, the leads between CO
detectors need to be broken. The power supervision relay has to
be powered from the last detector in the loop.
Wireless CO detectors are also available. When installing wireless CO detectors, use only DSC model WS4913. A DSC wireless
receiver model RF5132-433 v5.1 (and higher) or DSC keypad
receiver models RFK55XX-433 (xx= 00/01/08/16/64) v1.2 (and
higher) are required when installing wireless CO detectors. For
more details on either the WS4913 CO detector or the receivers,
please refer to their respective installation manuals.
Chapter 1 Installation & Wiring
1.8 Telephone Line Wiring
T-1
R-1
TIP
RING
BRN
k/
GRA
GRN
pc
16
16
-n
Wire the telephone connection terminals (TIP, Ring, T-1, R-1) to an RJ-31x
Connector as indicated. For connection of multiple devices to the telephone
line, wire in the sequence indicated. Use 26 AWG wire minimum for wiring.
Telephone format is programmed in option [350].
Telephone Call Directions are programmed in options [351]-[376].
RJ-31X
RED
c-
1.9 Ground
-d
s
Ground Installation
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
Tighten nut to break paint and make
good connection to the cabinet
1.10 Battery
A sealed, rechargeable, lead acid battery or gel type battery is required to meet UL requirements
for power standby times.
NOTE: UL Residential/Commercial Burglary installations require 4 hours of standby battery
time.
NOTE: UL/ULC Residential Fire & Health Care installations require 24 hours of standby battery
time. ULC Commercial Burglary and Fire monitoring installations require 24 hours of standby
battery time plus 5 minutes of alarm condition.
Note: UL Holdup Alarm installations require 8 hours of standby battery time. Use control panel
only in conjunction with 7Ah or 14Ah batteries (700mA loading on AUX output).
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
Standby Battery Guide
Battery Charging Current: 400 mA
Battery
Standby
Size
4Hr
24Hr
---------------------------------------------------------
---180mA
470mA
-z
o
700mA
700mA
700mA
a6
4Ahr
7Ahr
14Ahr
la
-a
la
rm
NOTE: Battery capacity will deteriorate with age and the number of
charge/discharge cycles. Replace
every 3-5 years.
/c
en
tra
1.11 AC Wiring
en
tra
le
/D
SC
AC Wiring (UL Listed Installations)
Primary: 120VAC/60Hz./0.33A
Secondary: 16.5VAC/40VA DSC PTD1640U, DSC PTC1640U, PTC1640UG(UL) / PTC1640CG (ULC)
DSC PTD1640U-CC Plug-in, Class 2 Transformer.
NOTE: Use DSC PTD1640 for Canadian installations.
ie
/c
For UL Listed installations, do NOT connect transformer to a receptacle controlled by a switch.
a-
an
tie
Enter [,][8][Installer Code][898]. The LCD displays the following: “Wireless Enrollment Mode.”
Place the wireless device in the desired location.
Activate the device as described in the associated installation sheet. The electronic serial number (ESN) is displayed.
Press [,] to confirm the ESN. If the serial number is incorrect, press [#] to discard it, and repeat this step. After successful confirmation of
the serial number, the system prompts for the zone number. The next available zone is displayed.
Enter a zone number (01-64) then press [,] to accept. The next available zone is preloaded.
NOTE: Only one device may be enrolled in each zone. If a zone already has a device enrolled, press [,] to overwrite the zone or [#] to enter
another zone number.
After successful entry of the zone number, the system prompts for the zone type. (The recommended zone type is displayed). Press [,] to
accept the zone type or enter:
/a
l
er
.e
-c
am
6.
e.
ro
5.
ar
m
1.
2.
3.
4.
fra
ct
1.12 RFK5500 and RFK5564 Easy Wireless Enrollment Procedure
Zone Definition
2 Door/Window Contact
3 PIR or Glass Break
4 Smoke Detector
5 Pendant
8 CO Detector
[01] Delay 1
[05] Interior, Stay-Away
[88] Standard 24 Hr Fire (Wireless)
[16] 24 Hour Panic
[81] 24 Hour CO Detection
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
Device Type
5
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Chapter 2 User Commands
pc
16
16
-n
k/
Any system keypad can be used to program or perform any keypad command. LED keypads use status and zone indicator lights to represent
alarm functions and status. The LCD keypad displays the description and status indicator lights represent alarm functions and status. This section
describes basic keypad commands.
Press the [#] key to reset the keypad if an error has been made entering user codes or keypad commands.
c-
2.1 Away Arming
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
The Ready light must be ON to arm the system. If the Ready light is OFF, ensure that all protected doors and windows are secure or
bypassed. To arm the system in the Away mode, either press and hold the Away function button for 2 seconds or enter a valid user code and
leave the premises through a door programmed as Delay. Upon arming, the Armed light will turn ON. If a user code was used to arm the system and Stay/Away zones are programmed, the Bypass light will turn ON and will turn OFF when a door programmed as Delay is violated.
If the Audible Exit Delay option is enabled, the keypad will beep once every second during the exit delay (and three times a second during
the last 10 seconds) to prompt the user to leave.
ur
2.2 Stay Arming
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
The Ready light must be ON to arm the system. If the Ready light is OFF, ensure that all protected doors and windows are secure or
bypassed. To arm the system in the Stay mode, either press and hold the Stay function button for 2 seconds or enter a valid user code and stay
within the premises (do NOT violate a door programmed as Delay). Upon arming, the Armed light and Bypass light will turn ON. If the Stay
function button is used, the keypad will not beep during the exit delay. If a user code was used, the keypad will beep if the Audible Exit
Delay option is enabled.
te
ns
ib
2.3 Disarming
-z
o
ne
-
ex
The user must enter through a door programmed as Delay. Upon entering, the keypad will emit a steady tone (and emit a pulsing tone during
the last 10 seconds of entry delay) to prompt the user to disarm the system. Enter a valid user code to disarm the system. If an alarm occurred
while the panel was armed, the Memory light and the zones that went into alarm flash (LED keypad) or the keypad displays ‘Alarm in Memory’ (LCD keypad). Press the [#] key to return the keypad to the Ready state.
a6
2.4 [] Commands
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
The following is a description of the available [] commands:
[][1]
Bypass (disarmed state)/Reactivate Stay/Away Zones (armed state)
[][2]
Display Trouble Conditions
[][3]
Display Alarm Memory
[][4]
Door Chime Enable/Disable
[][5]
User Code Programming
[][6]
User Commands
[][7][x]
Command Functions 1 – 4
[][8]
Installer Programming
[][9][code]
No-Entry Arming
[][0]
Quick Arm (disarmed state)/Quick Exit (armed state)
ie
/c
[][1] Bypass/Re-activate Stay/Away Zones
LED Keypad
an
tie
fra
ct
Press [][1] to enter the bypass mode. If the Code Required for the Bypass option is enabled, enter a valid user code. The Bypass light will
flash. The keypad will turn ON the corresponding zone light to indicate a zone is bypassed. To bypass or unbypass a zone, enter the 2-digit
zone number. Once the correct zones are bypassed, press [#] to exit. The Bypass light will be ON if any zones are manually bypassed.
a-
LCD Keypad
ro
/a
l
ar
m
Press [][1] to enter the bypass mode. If the Code Required for the Bypass option is enabled, enter a valid user code. The keypad will display ‘Scroll to View Zones.’ The keypad will display the programmed zone labels for the zones and include the letter ‘O’ in the bottom right
corner if the zone is violated, or the letter ‘B’ if the zone is bypassed. Scroll to the appropriate zone and press the [] key to change the
bypass status (or enter the 2-digit zone number). Once the correct zones are bypassed, press [#] to exit.
er
e.
Additional Bypass Commands
Press [99]. The keypad recalls the last group of zones that were bypassed
Press [00]. The keypad clears the bypass on all zones
Press [95]. The keypad saves manually bypassed zones
Press [91]. The keypad recalls bypassed zones that were saved
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
Bypass Recall:
Clear Bypass:
Save Bypass:
Recall Save:
ht
tp
s:
Hold-up Zones cannot be assigned to bypass groups.
Re-activate Stay/Away Zones: Press [][1] when the system is armed in the Stay mode to change the armed status to Away mode. The
system will add the Stay/Away zones back into the system after the exit delay time expires.
6
Chapter 2 User Commands
[][2] Trouble Display
pc
16
16
-n
k/
Refer to Appendix D – Troubleshooting Guide, for troubleshooting assistance and a detailed description of all trouble conditions.
When powering up the system for the first time, or in the event of a loss of power (including battery removal), a Loss of Clock trouble is
displayed on the keypad. Press [8] on any keypad or [] on any PK series keypad to access the Time and Date programming menu.
[][3] Alarm Memory Display
c-
The Memory light will be ON if an alarm occurred during the last armed period. Press [][3]. The Memory light flashes and the keypad displays the zones that went into alarm.
sa
-d
s
To clear the Memory light, arm then disarm the system.
clu
[][4] Door Chime Enable/Disable
a-
ne
in
Press [][4]. The keypad emits 3 rapid beeps indicating the door chime feature is enabled or a steady 2-second tone indicating it is disabled.
The same function can be performed by pressing and holding the Chime function button for 2 seconds.
ur
[][5] Program User Codes
Type
Function
[01]-[39], [41]-[95]
[40]
General User Codes
Master Code
Arm, disarm
All functions
ib
Code
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
The following table identifies available user codes:
te
ns
Programming User Codes
ex
LED Keypad:
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
Press [][5] followed by the Master Code. The Program light flashes. Programmed user codes are indicated by corresponding zone lights on
the keypad. To add or change a user code, enter the 2-digit user code to be programmed. The zone light will flash. Enter a new 4 or 6-digit user
code or press [] to delete the user code. After the user code is programmed or deleted, the zone light corresponding to the user code will stop
flashing. To add or change another user code, enter the 2-digit user code to be programmed or press [#] to exit.
LCD Keypad:
/c
en
tra
la
Press [][5] followed by the Master Code. The keypad displays the first user (user 01) and includes the letter ‘P’ in the bottom, right corner
if the user code is programmed. Scroll to the appropriate user and press the [] key to program the user (or enter the 2-digit user number).
Enter a new 4 or 6-digit user code or press [] to delete the user code. After the user code is programmed or deleted, scroll to another user or
press [#] to exit.
Programming Partition Assignment
ie
/c
Programming User Attributes
en
tra
le
/D
SC
Press [][5] followed by the Master Code or Supervisor Code. Press [98] followed by the 2-digit user to change to the partition assignment.
The corresponding zone light on the keypad illuminates to indicate which partition(s) the user is assigned to. For example, if zone light 1 is
ON, the user is assigned to partition 1. To change the partition assignment, press the number corresponding to the partition. Once the correct
partitions are assigned to the user, press [#] to exit. To change the partition assignment for another user, press [98] followed by the 2-digit
user number. When finished, press [#] to exit.
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
Press [][5] followed by the Master Code or Supervisor Code. Press [99] followed by the 2-digit user to change to the user attributes. The
corresponding zone light on the keypad illuminates to indicate which attributes are assigned to the user.
Light [1]
User can enter User Code Programming section with this code
Light [2]
Duress Reporting Code is sent whenever this code is entered
Light [3]
User can manually bypass zones.
Light [4]
User can access the Escort 5580 module remotely
Light [5]
For Future Use
Light [6]
For Future Use
Light [7]
The panel will squawk when the user arms/disarms
Light [8]
One-time use code – Can disarm the system once per day and is reset at midnight.
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
To change the user attributes, press the number corresponding to the attribute. Once the correct attributes are assigned to the user, press [#] to
exit. To change the user attributes for another user, press [99] followed by the 2-digit user number. When finished, press [#] to exit.
7
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[][6] User Functions
Press [][6] followed by the Master Code, then press the number corresponding to the following functions:
Program Time and Date: Enter the time and date using the following format [HH:MM] [MM/DD/YY]. Program the time using the 24-
k/
[1]
[2]
pc
16
16
-n
hour clock system (e.g., 8:00 PM = 2000 hours).
Auto-arm/Auto-disarm Enable/Disable: The keypad emits 3 rapid beeps if the Auto-arm/Auto-disarm feature is enabled and a steady
2-second tone if it is disabled.
Auto-arm Time/Day: Press the number corresponding to the day of the week (1=Sunday, 2=Monday etc.) followed by the auto- arm
c-
[3]
System Test: The panel will perform the following: activate the bell output, keypad buzzer and all keypad status lights for 2 seconds,
sa
[4]
-d
s
time (HH:MM). Program the time using the 24-hour clock system (e.g., 8:00 PM = 2000 hours).
in
clu
test the backup battery and transmit a reporting code to the central station (if programmed).
Enable DLS: The panel will temporarily enable DLS for 1 or 6 hours depending on programming (see Section [702] opt.[7]).
[6]
User Initiated DLS: The panel will attempt to call the DLS computer.
ur
a-
ne
[5]
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
[7] -[8] For Future Use
If using LCD keypads, scroll to the desired option then press [].
te
ns
ex
-z
o
ne
-
When scrolling through the list of available functions, the following are available:
Event Buffer:
Used to view the 500-event panel log
Brightness Control:
Used to adjust the display backlighting level
Contrast Control:
Used to adjust the display contrast level
Buzzer Control:
Used to adjust the keypad buzzer tone
ib
Additional Alphanumeric Keypad Functions
a6
[][7][x] Command Output (1-4)
-a
la
rm
Press [][7][x]. If the Command Output Code Required option is enabled, enter a valid user code. The panel activates any PGM output
assigned to the command output.
la
[][8] Installer Programming
tra
Press [][8] followed by the Installer Code to enter Installer Programming. Refer to the ‘How to Program’ section for more information.
/c
en
[][9][User Code] No-Entry Arming
le
/D
SC
Press [][9] followed by a valid user code. The system arms in Stay mode and, after the exit delay expires, will remove entry delay. All
zones programmed as Delay will function like Instant zones. The system will flash the Armed light to indicate that the system is armed with
no entry delay.
en
tra
[][0] Quick Arm/Quick Exit
fra
ct
ie
/c
Quick Arm: When disarmed, press [][0] to arm the system. The system will arm as if a valid user code was entered.
Quick Exit: When armed, press [][0] to activate Quick Exit. The system will allow a single zone programmed as Delay to be violated a
single time during the following 2-minute time period without changing the status of the system.
tie
2.5 Function Keys
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
Keypads have 5 programmable, one-touch function buttons located in a column down the right side of the keypad. These buttons can also be
activated by pressing and holding numbers [1] through [5] respectively for 2 seconds. The default for these function buttons on the PK series
keypads are as follows:
[1] Stay Arm
[2] Away Arm
[3] Chime Enable/Disable
[4] Fire Reset – Command Output 2
[5] Quick Exit
8
Chapter 3 Programming
Chapter 3 Programming
This chapter provides the information necessary to program all the features required for a basic system, as well as common applications.
pc
16
16
-n
k/
3.1 Template Programming
Selecting [][8] [Installer Code] [899] displays the current 5-digit template programming code. Refer to Appendix E - Template Programming for
a detailed description of available templates and corresponding 5-digit codes. After entering a valid 5-digit template programming code, you will
be prompted to enter the following in the sequence indicated below:
-d
s
Central Station Telephone Number, enter 32-Character Telephone number
sa
1.
c-
This feature requires a PK55xx or RFK55xx series keypad, v.1.1 or higher.
Central Station Account Code, enter 6-digit code
ne
2.
in
clu
Program the required Central Station phone number. Press [#] to complete your entry if less than 32 digits. This phone number is entered into
programming section [301].
Partition Account Code, enter 4-digit code
ta
t
3.
ur
a-
Program the required Central Station Account Code. Press [#] to complete your entry if less than 6 digits. This account code is entered into
programming section [310].
4.
ila
-1
6ta
s
This programming section will only be prompted if Contact ID has been selected as a communications format. Program the required Partition Account Code. This Partition account code is entered into programming section [311].
DLS Access Code, enter 6-digit code
5.
te
ns
ib
Program the required DLS Access Code. Press [#] to complete your entry if less than 6 digits. This access code is entered into programming
section [403].
Partition 1 Entry Delay 1, Partition 1 Exit Delay, enter each 3-digit delay time
Installer Code
-z
o
6.
ne
-
ex
Program the desired 3-digit Partition 1 Entry Delay (in seconds) followed by the desired 3-digit Partition 1 Exit Delay (in seconds). These
values are entered in sections [005] > [01], entries 1 and 3, respectively.
a6
Enter the required 4 or 6-digit installer access code (dependent on section [701], option 5). This installer access code is entered in programming section [006]. After the installer code has been programmed, the keypad returns to the base installer programming menu.
-a
la
rm
All template programming information must be re-entered after performing a hardware or software panel default.
tra
la
3.2 DLS Programming
/c
en
3.2.1 Local Programming
le
/D
SC
Follow the steps below in the sequence indicated to set up local programming using DLS:
1. Initiate downloading using the DLS software.
2. Connect an RS-232 to PC-Link cable between the computer with DLS software installed and the alarm panel to be programmed.
en
tra
Connecting the DLS PC to the panel automatically initiates the connection.
ie
/c
3.2.2 Remote Programming (via telephone line)
ct
Refer to Section [401] on page 22 for details.
tie
fra
After the panel information has uploaded, battery voltage can be viewed in the DLS session window.
an
3.3 Advanced Keypad Programming
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
Fill in the Programming Worksheet with the required information before programming the system. This will reduce the time required to program and help eliminate errors.
To enter Installer Programming, press [][8][Installer Code]. The Program light flashes (programmable LCD keypad displays change to
‘Enter Section’). An error tone indicates the installer code entered is incorrect. Press [#] to clear any key presses and try again.
am
er
The default Installer Code is [5555].
.e
-c
The Armed and Ready lights indicate programming status:
ww
Armed Light On
ht
tp
s:
//
w
Ready Light On
Ready Light Flashing
Panel waiting for 3-digit section number
If in module programming, waiting for section # to be entered
Panel waiting for data to be entered
Panel waiting for HEX data to be entered
You cannot enter Installer Programming while the system or any partition is armed or in alarm.
9
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
3.3.1 Programming Toggle Options
Enter the 3-digit programming section number:
Option OFF
Zone Light ON
Zone Light OFF
Indicator # ON
# Displayed
Indicator # OFF
Dash [-]
Displayed
sa
-d
s
c-
pc
16
16
-n
k/
Option ON
clu
• The Armed light turn OFF and
Keypad Type
• The Ready light turns ON
LED
• The keypad indicates the ON or OFF status of the toggle
Fixed-Message LCD
option according to the chart
• To toggle an option ON or OFF, press the corresponding num- Programmable-Message LCD
ber on the keypad. The display changes accordingly
• When all the toggle options are configured correctly, press the [#] key to exit
• The Ready light turns OFF and the Armed light turns ON
in
3.3.2 Programming Decimal and Hexadecimal (HEX) Data
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
• Enter the 3-digit programming section number
• The Armed light turns OFF and the Ready light turns ON
• Enter the data written in the boxes
ex
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
For sections that require multiple 2 or 3-digit numbers, the keypad beeps twice after each 2 or 3-digit entry then moves to the next item on
the list. After the last digit in the section is entered, the keypad beeps rapidly 5 times then exits the programming section. The Ready light
turns OFF and the Armed light turns ON.
For sections that do not require data for every box (such as phone numbers), press the [#] key to exit the programming section after entering
all the required data. The Ready light turns OFF and the Armed light turns ON.
The [#] key can be pressed at any time to exit a program section. All changes made up to that point are saved.
Value
Enter
Telephone Dialer
HEX [B]
HEX [C]
HEX [D]
HEX [E]
HEX [F]
Press [][1][]
Press [][2][]
Press [][3][]
Press [][4][]
Press [][5][]
Press [][6][]
Not Supported
Simulated [] key
Simulated [#] key
Dial tone search
Two second pause
End of Number
ne
-
HEX (or hexadecimal) digits are sometimes required. To enter a HEX digit, press the
HEX [A]
[] key to begin HEX programming. The Ready light flashes.
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
Refer to the following chart and press the number corresponding to the HEX digit
required. The Ready light will continue to flash. Press [] again to return to normal
decimal programming. The Ready light will turn ON.
tra
la
In addition to the standard digits 0-9, HEX digits and special dialer functions can also be programmed.
/c
en
3.3.3 Exiting Installer Programming
SC
To exit installer programming, press the [#] key when the panel is waiting for a 3-digit section number (the Armed light is ON).
le
/D
3.3.4 Viewing Programming
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
LED and LCD5501Z Keypads
Any programming section can be viewed from an LED or LCD5501Z keypad. When a programming section is entered, the keypad will immediately
display the first digit of information programmed in that section.
The keypad displays the information using a binary format, according to the
following chart:
Press any of the Emergency keys (Fire, Auxiliary or Panic) to advance to the
next digit.
/a
l
ar
m
When all the digits in a section have been viewed, the panel will exit the section. The Ready light will turn OFF, and the Armed light
will turn ON. The system is now waiting for the next 3-digit programming section number to be entered. Press the [#] key to exit the
section.
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
LCD Keypad
The keypad will immediately display all the information programmed when a programming section is entered. Use the arrow keys (< >) to scroll
through the data being displayed. Scroll past the end of the data displayed or press the [#] key to exit the section.
10
Chapter 4 Programming Descriptions
Chapter 4 Programming Descriptions
pc
16
16
-n
k/
The following is a brief description of the features and options available in the Power PC1616/1832/1864 control panel. Please refer to the keypad
installation sheet for function key programming.
Global Stay Arming
-d
s
c-
If enabled by the installer, when this function key is pressed the panel will prompt the user for an access code. The panel will arm all partitions
assigned to that access code in Stay Mode when exit delay expires. If a partition was armed in Away mode when the Global Stay Arming key is
pressed, that partition will switch armed status to Stay when the delay expires. The Force arm attribute must be enabled on Entry/Exit points for
this feature.
sa
Global Away Arming
a-
ne
in
clu
If enabled by the installer, when this function key is pressed the panel will prompt the user for an access code. The panel will arm all partitions
assigned to that access code in Away Mode when exit delay expires. If a partition was armed in Stay mode when the Global Away Arming key is
pressed, that partition will switch armed status to Away when the delay expires. The Force arm attribute must be enabled on Entry/Exit points for this
feature.
ur
Global Disarming
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
If enabled by the installer, when this function key is pressed the panel will prompt the user for an access code. The panel will then disarm all partitions assigned to that access code.
[001] to [004] Zone Definitions
Option Description
Null Zone: Zone not used
[01]
Delay 1: When armed, provides entry delay when violated (follows Entry Delay 1)
[02]
Delay 2: When armed, provides entry delay when violated (follows Entry Delay 2)
[03]
Instant: When armed, instant alarm when violated
[04]
Interior: When armed, instant alarm will sound first if the zone is violated; instant alarm will follow the entry delay if entry delay is active
[05]
Interior Stay/Away: Similar to ‘Interior’ except that panel will auto-bypass the zone if Armed in the Stay mode
[06]
Delay Stay/Away: Similar to ‘Delay 1’ except that panel will auto-bypass the zone if Armed in the Stay mode
[07]
Delayed 24-Hour Fire (Hardwire): Instant audible alarm when violated, communication is delayed 30 seconds. If alarm is acknowledged during this time (by pressing a key), the alarm will be silenced 90 seconds and will repeat the cycle. If not, alarm will latch and
communicate after a 30-second delay
[08]
Standard 24-Hour Fire (Hardwire): Instant alarm and communication when violated
[09]
24-Hr Supervision (Hardwire): Instant alarm and communication when violated. Will not sound the bell or keypad buzzer
[10]
24-Hr Supervisory Buzzer: Instant alarm, panel will activate keypad buzzer instead of bell output
[11]
24-Hr Burglary: Instant alarm when violated, audible alarm at default. Reporting code BA, BH
[12]
24-Hr Hold-up: Instant alarm when violated, silent alarm at default. Reporting code HA, HH
[13]
24-Hr Gas: Instant alarm when violated, audible alarm at default. Reporting code GA, GH
[14]
24-Hr Heat: Instant alarm when violated, audible alarm at default (also known as high-temp). Reporting code KA, KH
[15]
24-Hr Auxiliary (Medical): Instant alarm when violated, silent alarm at default. Reporting code MA, MH
[16]
24-Hr Panic: Instant alarm when violated, audible alarm at default. Reporting code PA, PH
[17]
24-Hr Emergency: Instant alarm when violated, audible alarm at default. Reporting code QA, QH
[18]
24-Hr Sprinkler: Instant alarm when violated, audible alarm at default. Reporting code SA, SH
[19]
24-hr Water: Instant alarm when violated, audible alarm at default (also known as high water level). Reporting code WA, WH
[20]
24-Hour Freeze: Instant alarm when violated, audible alarm at default (also known as low-temp). Reporting code ZA, ZH
[21]
24-Hr Latching Tamper: Instant alarm when violated, panel cannot be armed until Installer Programming is entered
[22]
Momentary Keyswitch Arm: Arm or disarm the system when violated
[23]
Maintained Keyswitch Arm: Arm system when violated, disarm system when restored
/c
en
SC
le
/D
en
tra
ie
/c
ct
fra
tie
an
a-
m
ar
/a
l
ro
e.
er
am
.e
-c
ww
For Future Use
//
w
[24]
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
[00]
s:
[25]
Interior/Delay: Zone will function as an Interior zone when armed in Away mode, and as a Delay zone when armed in Stay mode
24-Hr Non-Alarm: Zone will NOT create an alarm. Can be used with zone follower function for automation applications
[29]
Auto-Verified Fire: When violated, system will reset all smoke detectors for 20 seconds, then wait 10 seconds for detectors to settle.
If another fire alarm is detected within 60 seconds, the zone will go into alarm immediately
ht
tp
[26]
11
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Fire Supervisory: Instant alarm, system will activate keypad buzzer. A valid user code is required to silence keypad buzzer
[31]
Day Zone: Instant alarm when system is armed, keypad buzzer (no alarm) when system is disarmed
[32]
Instant Stay/Away: Similar to ‘Instant’ except panel will auto-bypass the zone if Armed in the Stay mode
[35]
24-Hr Bell/Buzzer: Instant alarm when violated, system will activate bell output if armed, keypad buzzer if disarmed
[36]
24-Hr Non-Latching Tamper Zone: Instant tamper condition when violated. Active in both the armed and disarmed state
[37]
Night Zone: Functions like Interior Stay/Away but will remain bypassed if the user presses [][1] to re-activate Stay/Away zones
when armed in the Stay mode
[41]
24 Hr. Carbon Monoxide: This zone type is used with a hardwired CO detector. This zone definition has a distinct bell cadence in the
event of an alarm. The cadence of this alarm is 4 cycles of 100ms on/off pulses, followed by a 5-second pause, and then repeated.
After 4 minutes, the 5-second pause is extended to 60 seconds in duration. The bell is silenced when an access code is entered or the
bell times out (see your Carbon Monoxide instruction sheet for more details)
[81]
24 Hr. Carbon Monoxide (Wireless): This zone type is used with a wireless CO detector. This zone definition has a distinct bell
cadence in the event of an alarm. The cadence of this alarm is 4 cycles of 100ms on/off pulses, followed by a 5-second pause, and then
repeated. After 4 minutes, the 5-second pause is extended to 60 seconds in duration. The bell is silenced when an access code is
entered or the bell times out
[87]
Delayed 24-Hour Fire (Wireless/Addressable): Same as Delayed 24-Hour Fire (Hardwire) but must be used for wireless or addressable smoke detectors
[88]
Standard 24-Hour Fire (Wireless/Addressable): Same as Standard 24-Hour Fire (Hardwire) but must be used for wireless or
addressable smoke detectors
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
pc
16
16
-n
k/
[30]
[005] System Times
-z
o
ne
-
ex
After entering Section [005], enter the 2-digit subsection number for the desired partition and program the Entry Delay 1, Entry Delay 2 and Exit
Delay for each active partition on the system. Valid entries are from [001] to [255] or [045] to [255] for SIA CP-01 panels (in seconds). Enter
subsection [09] to program the Bell Cut-Off Time. Valid entries are from [001] to [255] (in minutes).
a6
[006] Installer Code
-a
la
rm
The default Installer Code is [5555] or [555555] if 6-Digit Access Codes is enabled.
[007] Master Code
la
The default Master Code is [1234] or [123456] if 6-digit Access Codes is enabled.
tra
[008] Maintenance Code
/c
en
The default Maintenance Code is [AAAA] (not programmed). This code can arm any partition, but cannot disarm unless the partition is in alarm.
SC
[009] to [011] PGM Outputs
en
tra
le
/D
The PC1616 and PC1832 have two on-board PGM outputs (PGM1 and PGM2). The PC1864 has four on-board PGM outputs (PGM1 to
PGM4). The panel has the capacity for up to 14 PGM outputs (8 additional low-current PGM outputs with PC5208 module, 4 additional
high-current PGM outputs with a PC5204 module).
ct
Description
fra
Option
ie
/c
PGM Output Options:
For Future Use
[01]
Fire and Burglary: Output will activate (steady for burglary, pulsing for fire) if an alarm occurs on the selected partition
[02]
For Future Use
[03]
Sensor Reset: Output will normally be active and deactivate for 5 seconds when a [][7][2] fire reset command is entered or when
an Auto-Verify Fire alarm is detected
[04]
2-Wire Smoke: Configures PGM2 as 2-wire smoke detector input (PGM2 only)
[05]
Armed Status: Output will activate when all of the selected partitions are armed
[06]
Ready Status: Output will activate when all the selected partitions are in the Ready state (Ready light ON)
[07]
Keypad Buzzer Follow: Output will activate and follow the keypad buzzer for the selected partition when the following events
occur: entry delay, door chime, audible exit delay, automatic arming pre-alert, 24-hr Supervisory Buzzer zone alarm
[08]
Courtesy Pulse: Output will activate during entry/exit delay if the selected partition is armed, and will remain active for an additional 2 minutes after the entry or exit delay expires
[10]
an
a-
m
ar
/a
l
ro
e.
er
am
.e
-c
ww
//
w
s:
ht
tp
[09]
tie
[00]
System Trouble: Output will activate when any selected trouble condition is present
Latched System Event (Strobe): Output will activate when a selected condition occurs on any selected partition. Note output can
be programmed to follow timer
12
Chapter 4 Programming Descriptions
System Tamper: Output will activate when any tamper condition is present
[12]
TLM and Alarm: Output will activate if a telephone line trouble is present and then an alarm occurs
[13]
Kissoff: Output will activate for 2 seconds when a valid kissoff is received from the central station
[14]
Ground Start: Output will activate for 2 seconds when the panel attempts to seize the phone line (additional dial tone search must
be programmed in the central station phone number – HEX [D])
[15]
Remote Operation: Output can be activated/deactivated via the DLS software
[16]
For Future Use
[17]
Away Armed Status: Activates when all of the selected partitions are armed in Away mode
[18]
Stay Armed Status: Activates when all of the selected partitions are armed in Stay mode
[19]
Command Output 1: Activates when a [][7][1] command is entered on the selected partition – Command can be programmed to require
a valid access code and output can be programmed to activate for the time programmed in Section [170] or programmed to latch
[20]
Command Output 2: Activates when a [][7][2] command is entered on the selected partition – Command can be programmed to require
a valid access code and output can be programmed to activate for the time programmed in Section [170] or programmed to latch
[21]
Command Output 3: Activates when a [][7][3] command is entered on the selected partition – Command can be programmed to require
a valid access code and output can be programmed to activate for the time programmed in Section [170] or programmed to latch
[22]
Command Output 4: Activates when a [][7][4] command is entered on the selected partition – Command can be programmed to require
a valid access code and output can be programmed to activate for the time programmed in Section [170] or programmed to latch
[23]
Silent 24-Hour Input: Changes PGM to a 24-hr Silent zone (PGM2 only)
[24]
Audible 24-Hour Input: Changes PGM to a 24-hr Audible zone (PGM2 only)
[25]
Delayed Fire and Burglary: Functions as a Fire and Burglary output but does not activate until the TX Delay time expires
[26]
Battery Test Output: Output activates for 10 seconds at midnight each day
[27]
For Future Use
[28]
Holdup Output: Activates when a Holdup Alarm occurs on any assigned partition. Remains active until all assigned partitions have
been armed or disarmed. Will not activate if a Holdup Zone goes into a fault or tamper condition
[29]
Zone Follower (Zones 1-8): Active when any of the selected zones are active and deactivates when all of the selected zones are restored
[30]
Partition Status Alarm Memory: Activates if the selected partition is armed. Output will pulse “one second ON / one second OFF
if an alarm occurs
[31]
Alternate Communicator: Activates when selected system event occurs. If active in the armed state, it remains active until the system is disarmed. If activated in the disarmed state, it remains active until a valid access code is entered within the bell cut-off time, or
when the system is armed after the bell cut-off time has expired
[32]
For Future Use
[33]
For Future Use
[34]
Away Armed with no Zone Bypassed Status: Activates when armed with stay/away zones active and no zones bypassed
[35]
Zone Follower (Zones 9-16): Active when any of the selected zones are active and deactivates when all of the selected zones are restored
[36]
Zone Follower (Zones 17-24): Active when any of the selected zones are active and deactivates when all of the selected zones are restored
[37]
Zone Follower (Zones 25-32): Active when any of the selected zones are active and deactivates when all of the selected zones are restored
[38]
Zone Follower (Zones 33-40): Active when any of the selected zones are active and deactivates when all of the selected zones are restored
[39]
Zone Follower (Zones 41-48): Active when any of the selected zones are active and deactivates when all of the selected zones are restored
[40]
Zone Follower (Zones 49-56): Active when any of the selected zones are active and deactivates when all of the selected zones are restored
[41]
Zone Follower (Zones 57-64): Active when any of the selected zones are active and deactivates when all of the selected zones are restored
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
pc
16
16
-n
k/
[11]
er
e.
* See Section [501]-[514] Programmable Output Attributes, PGM Output Option [29] and [35]-[41] Option 8 on 24.
am
[012] Keypad Lockout
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
The system can be programmed to ‘lockout’ keypads if a series of incorrect user or installer codes are entered. When lockout is active, all
keypads emit a steady 2-second error tone when a key is pressed. Program the Number of Invalid Codes Before Lockout with the desired
number. Valid entries are from [000] to [255]. Program data [000] to disable the feature. Keypads will remain locked out for the number of
minutes programmed for the Lockout Duration. Valid entries are from [000] to [255].
13
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[013] First System Option Code
Option
Description
ON: zones require normally-closed loops. OFF: zones require End-Of-Line resistors, as determined by option [2].
ON: zones require double End-Of-Line resistors. OFF: zones require single End-Of-Line resistors.
[3]
ON: keypads will display all trouble conditions while armed. OFF: keypads will only display fire trouble when armed. This option
must be OFF if LCD5500 v2.x (or older) keypads are used on the system.
[4]
ON: only a trouble will be displayed. OFF: keypads will display a trouble and a zone violation if a tamper or fault is detected.
[5]
ON: auto-arming schedules (Program Sections [181]-[188]) will be available to the user in the [][6] menu.
OFF: auto-arming schedules will not be available to the user in the [][6] menu.
[6]
ON: the Audible Exit Fault feature will be enabled. If a delay zone is not secured correctly and not force-armed at the end of the exit
delay, the system will go into entry delay and turn ON the bell output. The bell will also sound if the delay zone is opened within 10
seconds of the exit delay timeout.
OFF: the keypad will sound the entry delay through the keypad as per usual.
[7]
ON: the system will NOT log additional alarms for a zone that has reached the swinger shutdown threshold.
OFF: all zone alarms will be logged.
[8]
ON: Temporal Three Fire Signal is used to sound fire alarms (½ second ON, ½ second OFF, ½ second ON, ½ second OFF ½ second
ON, 1 ½ seconds OFF).
OFF: the system will pulse the bell output (½ second ON, ½ second OFF).
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
pc
16
16
-n
k/
[1]
[2]
te
ns
Option
ib
[014] Second System Option Code
Description
ON: the system squawks the bell output once when a partition is armed, twice when disarmed.
OFF: the bell output does not activate. Refer to section [017] option 8.
[2]
ON: the system squawks the bell output every 10 seconds during the auto-arm pre-alert.
OFF: the bell output does not activate.
[3]
ON: the system will squawk the bell output once every second during Exit Delay, 3 squawks per second for the last 10s.
OFF: the bell output will not activate.
[4]
ON: the system will squawk the bell output once every second during Entry Delay, 3 squawks per second for the last 10s.
OFF: the bell output will not activate.
[5]
ON: the system squawks the bell output once every 10 seconds when a trouble condition is present.
OFF: the bell output does not activate.
[6]
ON: the system will beep the keypads once every second, and 3 times a second over the last 10 seconds, during an exit delay when
the system is armed with a user code or armed in the Away mode.
OFF: the keypads will not beep.
[7]
ON: the exit delay will be terminated (reduced to 5 seconds) when a Delay 1 zone is violated and restored after the system is armed.
OFF: the exit delay will count down as normal.
[8]
ON: the bell output will not timeout if a fire alarm occurs. The user must turn OFF the bell by entering a valid user code.
OFF: the bell output will timeout normally.
Description
ON: the keypad fire emergency key will be enabled. OFF: the keypad fire emergency key will be disabled.
a-
an
[1]
tie
Option
fra
[015] Third System Option Code
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
[1]
ON: the keypad Panic emergency will be audible (bell output). OFF: the Panic emergency key will be silent.
ON: the Quick Exit feature will be enabled. OFF: the Quick Exit feature will be disabled.
[4]
ON: the Quick Arming [][0] feature will be enabled. OFF: Quick Arming [][0] feature will be disabled.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
[2]
[3]
er
e.
If this feature is disabled, a valid user code must be entered after the Stay or Away function buttons are pressed.
ON: a valid user code must be entered after pressing [][1] to access the Bypass feature. OFF: user code is not required.
[6]
ON: the Master Code (user code 40) can only be changed in Installer Programming.
OFF: the Master Code can be changed using the User Programming [][5] command.
[7]
ON: the system supervises the telephone line and displays a trouble if disconnected.
OFF: the telephone line is not supervised.
.e
-c
ww
//
w
ON: the system activates the bell output if a telephone line trouble is detected while the system is armed.
OFF: the system activates the keypad buzzer trouble tone.
s:
ht
tp
[8]
am
[5]
14
Chapter 4 Programming Descriptions
[016] Fourth System Option Code
Description
ON: the system supervises the AC input and displays a trouble if a failure is detected. OFF: AC Input is not supervised.
[2]
ON: the trouble light will flash when an AC trouble is detected. OFF: the trouble light turns on, does not flash.
[3]
ON: the keypad blanks (no indicator lights) if a key is not pressed for 30 seconds. OFF: the keypad does not blank.
[4]
ON: a valid user code must be entered to restore normal keypad operation after the blanking.
OFF: pressing any key will return the keypad to normal operation.
[5]
ON: keypad backlighting enabled. OFF: keypad backlighting disabled.
[6]
ON: the system temporarily enables the Keypad Blanking feature if an AC failure is detected (to preserve the back-up battery).
OFF: the system will operate as normal.
[7]
ON: the keypad turns ON the Bypass light if zones are bypassed while the system is armed.
OFF: the Bypass light turns OFF when the system is armed.
[8]
ON: the system supervises keypad tampers. OFF: the system does not supervise keypad tampers.
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
pc
16
16
-n
[1]
k/
Option
[017] Fifth System Option Code
Option
Description
ON: the system does NOT associate wireless keys to user codes.
OFF: the system will assign user code 17 to wireless key #01, user code 18 to wireless key #02 etc. If the wireless key is used to arm
or disarm, the system will report the Opening or Closing for the associated User Code.
[2]
ON: the system logs an RF Jam trouble condition if the condition is present for 5 minutes.
OFF: the system logs the trouble condition after 30 seconds.
[3]
ON: the keypads beep if an RF Jam trouble is detected.
OFF: the trouble is not announced via the keypad buzzer.
[4]
ON: the Double Hit feature will be enabled. Two violations from the same zone within the Cross Zone Timer will be considered a
valid Police Code or Cross Zone event. The system will report the event and log it to the event buffer.
OFF: two alarms from the same zone is not a valid Police Code or Cross Zone event.
[5]
ON: the system logs and communicates a Late-To-Close event when the auto-arm time comes, but the function has been disabled
(not if auto-arming was caused by the No-Activity Arming feature).
OFF: the system does not transmit or log a Late-To-Close event.
[6]
ON: enables the Daylight Savings automatic clock adjustment feature.
OFF: the system does not automatically adjust the clock for Daylight Savings.
[7]
For Future Use
[8]
ON: the system only squawks the bell output when the system is armed in the Away mode.
OFF: the system squawks the siren when the system is armed in any mode. (See Section [14], Option [1]).
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
[1]
Description
ON: the system only transmits a Test Transmission reporting code if no other event was transmitted to the central station during the
programmed time.
OFF: the system always transmits a Test Transmission reporting code as programmed.
m
For Future Use
ar
[2]-[4]
a-
an
tie
[1]
fra
Option
ct
[018] Sixth System Option Code
ON: the keypad buzzer follows the bell output for all alarms.
OFF: the system only activates the bell output for all alarms.
[6]
ON: when an alarm is detected on a zone (with the Cross Zone attribute enabled), a timer is started. The alarm is not transmitted and
the bell output is not activated unless a second cross zone enabled zone is violated before the Cross Zone timer times out.
OFF: the system reports all alarms normally and logs and transmits a Police Code reporting code if a second zone alarm is detected
during the armed period.
[7]
ON: the system restarts the Exit Delay (one time) if a Delay zone is violated and restored during the exit delay time.
OFF: the Exit Delay does not restart.
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
[5]
ht
tp
s:
[8]
ON: the system activates the trouble beeps when an AC trouble is detected.
OFF: the system does not announce AC troubles using the keypad buzzer.
15
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[019] Seventh System Option Code
Description
For Future Use
[2]
For Future Use
[3]
ON: when disarming, the keypad will display only the first alarm to occur during the last arming period.
OFF: when disarming, the keypad will display all zones that were in alarm during the last arming period
ON: the green LED indicator on the keypads indicate the status of AC on the system
OFF: the green LED indicator on the keypads indicate the partition ready status
[7]
ON: all user access codes can enter the User Functions menu.
OFF: only the Master Code can enter the User Functions menu.
[8]
For Future Use
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
[6]
-d
s
c-
For Future Use
sa
[4]-[5]
k/
[1]
pc
16
16
-n
Option
ta
t
[020] Keypad Zone Assignment
ila
-1
6ta
s
Enter the two-digit zone number to be assigned to each keypad assigned to a specific slot. Only one keypad can be assigned to a specific slot.
See Keypad Assignment. Valid entries are from [00] to [64].
[021] Eighth System Option Code
ON: access codes will not be accepted by the system during entry delay.
OFF: an access code can be used to disarm the system during entry delay
For Future Use
ON: key-switches and wireless keys can only disarm the system during an entry delay
OFF: key-switches and wireless keys can disarm the system regardless if entry delay is active or not.
For Future Use
-a
la
rm
[7]-[8]
a6
-z
o
[6]
ne
-
[2]-[5]
ex
[1]
ib
Description
te
ns
Option
[022] Ninth System Option Code
la
Description
tra
Option
/c
en
ON: an access code is required for access to the [][1], [][2], [][3] menus.
OFF: no access code is required for [][1], [][2], [][3] menu access.
[1]
SC
For Future Use
[2]-[3]
ON: only the Master code can be used to bypass a hold up zone.
OFF: any valid access code can bypass a hold up zone.
[5]
For Future Use
[6]
ON: RF Delinquency Enabled, if any wireless zone supervisory transmission is not received by the PC5132 during a 15-minute period,
the PC5132 will place the panel into Not Ready To Arm mode. In the armed state, the Zone faults will generate tamper alarms. The panel
will generate a silent trouble (NO trouble beeps but the Trouble LED is turned ON) called “RF Device Delinquency”, which is only
viewable in [][2] (Trouble Menu). The user can override the condition and arm the panel by using the feature.
OFF: RF Delinquency Disabled, the system will not indicate an RF Delinquency when a zone supervisory transmission is not
received during a 15 minute period.
[7]
Future Use
[8]
ON: when the system is armed in Stay mode, during the Exit delay, the system will sound one beep every 3 seconds.
OFF: when the system is armed in Stay mode, the system will be silent during the Exit delay.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
[4]
Description
am
Option
er
e.
[023] Tenth System Option Code
ON: the keypad [F] emergency key will only beep three times to acknowledge that the button has been pressed. The system will not
activate the bell output. OFF: the system will activate the bell output and beep the keypad.
[2]
For Future Use
ww
//
w
ON: the system will only transmit the Test Transmission reporting code if the system is armed at the time the system is programmed
to report the event. OFF: the system will always report the Test Transmission reporting code at the programmed time.
ht
tp
s:
[3]
.e
-c
[1]
[4]
ON: the system changes the Test Transmission Reporting Cycle Time from Days to Hours.
OFF: the Test Transmission Reporting Cycle Time is in Days.
16
Chapter 4 Programming Descriptions
ON: the user cannot switch from Away Arm mode to Stay Arm mode using the function keys.
OFF: the user can switch arming modes.
[6]
ON: the system disconnects a listen in/two-way session if a new event occurs.
OFF: the system does NOT disconnect. New events are transmitted only after the session is terminated.
[7]
ON: the system does NOT activate the keypad buzzer for any trouble condition (excluding Fire Troubles).
OFF: the system announces troubles via the keypad buzzer (two beeps every 10 seconds).
[8]
ON: keyswitches will always arm in Away mode.
OFF: keyswitches will arm in Away mode if an entry/exit zone is violated during exit delay.
-d
s
c-
pc
16
16
-n
k/
[5]
sa
[030] Fast Loop Response
clu
This section is used to determine the Loop Response Time for the main panel zones.
ne
in
ON: the loop response time will be 36 ms. OFF: the loop response time will be 400 ms.
ur
a-
[101] to [164] Zone Attributes
Description
ila
-1
6ta
s
Option
ta
t
These sections are used to customize the operation of the zones. There are 9 toggle options in each section:
ON: alarms are audible (bell output).
OFF: alarms are silent.
[2]
ON: the bell output is steady (burglary).
OFF: the alarm output pulses (fire).
[3]
ON: a zone violation or restoral will activate Chime.
OFF: chime is not activated.
[4]
ON: the user can manually bypass the zone using the [][1] command.
OFF: the zone cannot be manually bypassed.
[5]
ON: the partition can be armed even if the zone is violated (the zone will not affect the Ready status).
OFF: the zone must be secure before arming.
[6]
ON: the system shuts down alarm reporting after the programmed number of alarms have occurred.
OFF: the panel will always report the event if an alarm occurs.
[7]
ON: the system delays reporting the event for the time programmed for the Transmission Delay time.
OFF: the panel immediately transmits the reporting event when an alarm is detected.
[8]
ON: the zone is a wireless or addressable device.
OFF: the zone is a hardwire zone (main panel, zone expander or keypad zone).
[9]
ON: the zone has the Cross Zone feature enabled.
OFF: the zone functions normally.
[10]-[13]
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
[1]
For Future Use
ON: the zone requires a normally-closed loop.
OFF: the zone will follow the EOL configuration in [013].
[15]
ON: the zone requires a single End-of-Line resistor .
OFF: the zone will follow the EOL configuration in [013].
[16]
ON: the zone requires double End-of-Line resistors.
OFF: the zone will follow the EOL configuration in [013].
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
[14]
ro
/a
l
ar
m
Options [14], [15], [16] apply to first 8 zones only. If more than one of these options are enabled then lowest numbered option is enabled. E.g.,
If Option [14] and option [15] are enabled then the zones are configured as normally closed loops.
e.
Keypad zones and zone expanders will always follow [013].
.e
-c
am
er
When Zone Types ([001] to [004]) are programmed, the system will change the Zone Attributes to those found in the chart included in the
Programming Worksheets. The Zone Attributes will default if a new Zone Type is programmed for a specific zone. After programming the Zone
Types, enter [101] to [164] and ensure that all options are programmed correctly.
Program attributes [1-8] (press [1]-[8] to turn option ON or OFF)
Program attributes [9-16] (press [1]-[8] to turn option ON or OFF)
Press [9] to switch between attributes [1-8] and attribute [9-16]
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
Ready light ON:
Ready light and Armed light ON:
[165] Maximum Dialing Attempts
Program the Maximum Dialing Attempts before the panel will generate a Failure to Communicate (FTC) trouble condition.
Valid entries are [001] to [005]. For UL Listed installations, 5 attempts is required.
17
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[166] Post Dial Wait for Handshake
k/
Program the maximum time the panel will wait, after dialing, for a valid handshake from the central station.
Valid entries are [001] to [255] seconds.
pc
16
16
-n
[167] TL/GS Module Wait for Acknowledgement
c-
Program the maximum time the panel will wait, after sending a data packet, for an acknowledgement from the central station.
Valid entries are [060] to [255] seconds.
Do not program this section with a value less than 60.
-d
s
[168] Daylight Saving Time (Move Clock Ahead)
clu
sa
This option is used to program the Date, Time and Increment that the clock will move ahead for Daylight Savings Time each year. Programming can be accomplished by programming the Month, Day, Hour and Increment or Month, Week, Day of Week, Hour and Increment:
ne
in
Month: Data [001] to [012] represents January to December.
a-
Week: Data [000] indicates that the day of the month will be programmed in the Day section below. Data [001] to [005] represents weeks 1
ur
to 5 of the month. Week 5 always represents the last week in the month, regardless if the number of weeks in the month is 4 or 5.
ta
t
Day: Data [001] to [031] represents day of the month if [000] was programmed in the Week section above. If [001] to [005] was
ila
-1
6ta
s
programmed in the Week Section above, then Data [000] to [006] represents Sunday to Saturday.
Hour: Data [000] to [022] represents the hour that Daylight Saving Time will take effect.
Increment: Data [001] to [002] represents the number of hours to advance the clock for Daylight Savings Time.
te
ns
ib
Do not program the Hour outside of the valid range or the time will not change. Do not program the value of the Increment to be greater
then the number of hours remaining in the current day.
ex
[169] Standard Time (Set Clock Back)
-z
o
ne
-
This option is used to program the Date, Time, and Increment that the clock will move back for Standard Time each year. Programming can
be accomplished by programming the Month, Day, Hour, and Increment or Month, Week, Day of Week, Hour, and Increment:
a6
Month: Data [001] to [012] represents January to December.
-a
la
rm
Week: Data [000] indicates that the day of the month will be programmed in the Day section below. Data [001] to [005] represents weeks 1
to 5 of the month. Week 5 always represents the last week in the month, regardless if the number of weeks in the month is 4 or 5.
Day: Data [001] to [031] represents day of the month if [000] was programmed in the Week section above. If [001] to [005] was
tra
la
programmed in the Week section above, then Data [000] to [006] represents Sunday to Saturday.
/c
en
Hour: Data [000] or [023] represents the hour that Standard Time will take effect.
SC
Increment: Data [001] or [002] represents the number of hours to roll back the clock for Daylight Saving Time.
le
/D
[170] PGM Output Timer
en
tra
Program the amount of time, in seconds, that the PGM Output Timer will be active. Valid entries are [001] to [255].
[171] Tamper PGM Output Timer
ct
fra
[175] Auto-arm Postpone Timer
ie
/c
Program the amount of time, in minutes, that a tamper condition will latch the Tamper PGM output. Valid entries are [000] to [255].
an
tie
Program the amount of time, in minutes, that the system will postpone automatic arming. When the programmed time has expired, the system will
attempt to auto-arm again. If data [000] is programmed, the system will instead abort the auto-arm sequence. Valid entries are [001] to [255].
a-
[176] Cross Zone/Police Code Timer
ro
/a
l
ar
m
Program the amount of time in seconds (Cross Zone), or minutes (Police Code), that the panel will use to determine if a Cross Zone or Police
Code event has occurred. If data [000] is programmed when using the Police Code feature, and if any two zones go into alarm during any armedto-armed period, the panel will generate a Police Code event. Valid entries are [001] to [255].
er
e.
[181] to [188] Auto-arm Schedules
ww
.e
-c
am
Program the amount of time to auto-arm ([181] for partition 1, [182] for partition 2, etc.) for each day of the week. Each option has seven, 4-digit
entries: two digits for the hour, two digits for the minute, Sunday through Saturday. Program using the twenty-four-hour system (for example, to
auto-arm at 8:00 pm, program data [20][00]). Valid entries are [00][00] to [23][59]. Program [99][99] to disable auto-arming.
//
w
[190] No Activity Arming Pre-Alert Duration
ht
tp
s:
Program the amount of time, in minutes, for the No Activity Arming Pre-Alert Duration. The keypads will emit a steady tone, warning the user
that the system is about to arm. The user can either violate a zone or press any key to abort the arming sequence. Valid entries are [000] to [255].
18
Chapter 4 Programming Descriptions
[191] to [198] No Activity Arm Timer
k/
Program the amount of time, in minutes, for the No Activity Arm Timer ([191] for Partition 1, [192] for Partition 2, etc.). If Delay Zones are
restored and no zone activity is detected for the time programmed, the system will start the auto-arm sequence. Valid entries are [000]-[255].
pc
16
16
-n
[199] Auto-Arming Pre-alert Timer
c-
Program the amount of time, in minutes, for the Auto-Arming Pre-Alert Time. This timer is used for all programmed auto-arming features (is not
used for No Activity Arming). The keypads will provide a steady tone, warning the user that the system will arm. The user can enter a valid
access code to abort the arming sequence. Valid entries are [001] to [255].
-d
s
[201] Partition Selection Mask
sa
Turn the corresponding option ON to enable partitions [1] to [8]. ON (bit 1 cannot be turned OFF).
clu
[202] to [265] Partition Zone Assignments
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
These options are used to assign zones to specific partitions ([202] to [209] for Partition 1, [210] to [217] for Partition 2, etc.). Turn ON the
option corresponding to the partition and zone to enable the zone on the specified partition. Turn the option OFF to disable the zone on the
specified partition. Zones assigned to more than one partition are called ‘common zones’ and will be armed only if all the partitions the zone
is assigned to are armed. Default = Zones 1-8 enabled on Partition 1.
ila
-1
6ta
s
[301] First Telephone Numbers
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
The information in this section also applies to sections [302] and [303]. Telephone number 3 is dedicated as a back-up to Telephone number
1. These sections determine which type of communicator is activated in the event of an alarm (telephone, GPRS and Ethernet) and the
sequence that the system follows in the event of an unsuccessful communication.
• Entry of [D] followed by a [Telephone Number] terminated with “F” configures the section for telephone dialing.
E.g.: [D12223334444F]
• Entry of [D] followed by [CAA] terminated with “F” allows the system configuration to be determined by the GPRS/Ethernet module
E.g.: [DCAAF]
• Enter [DCBBF] to configure the section for Ethernet Receiver 1
• Enter [DCCCF] to configure the section for Ethernet Receiver 2
• Enter [DCDDF] to configure the section for GPRS Receiver 1
• Enter [DCEEF] to configure the section for GPRS Receiver 2
-a
la
rm
Please refer to Section [350] Communicator Formats, only SIA and Contact ID are valid alternate communicator formats.
Programming any other format will send SIA by default.
tra
la
Please refer to your associated communicator manual for more details.
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
Telephone Communications
All telephone number sections are 32 digits in length. Hexadecimal digits may be programmed in the telephone number to perform additional functions as follows:
• Enter [][2][] – HEX B to dial “”
• Enter [][3][] – HEX C to dial “#”
• Enter [][4][] – HEX D for an additional dial tone search, as is required for PBX telephone systems
• Enter [][5][] – HEX E to insert a 2-second pause in the telephone number
a-
an
tie
HEX A is not used
HEX F represents the end of the phone number (everything after F is ignored)
Pressing [#] in these sections will exit and save the entire phone number
The panel will not attempt to communicate, if no phone number is programmed. This applies to phone numbers 1 and 2
m
•
•
•
•
fra
ct
There is an automatic 2-second pause before additional dial tone searches are initiated.
ar
[302] Second Telephone Number
ro
/a
l
See [301] First Telephone Number for details.
er
e.
[303] Third Telephone Number
am
See [301] First Telephone Number for details.
.e
-c
[304] Call Waiting Cancel String
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
Program the digits required to disable call waiting. If enabled, the system will dial the programmed string on the first dialing attempt.
Program unused digits with data [F].
19
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[310] System Account Number
pc
16
16
-n
k/
Program the System Account Number. Only the SIA format supports 6-digit account numbers. If a 4-digit account number is required,
program the last two digits as data [FF]. When using the SIA format, this account number will be used for all reporting events. When using a
different format, this account number will be used for all events that are not partition-specific (for example, low battery, AC trouble, etc.).
For partition-specific events the system will use the programmed Partition Account Number. For all formats other than SIA, program a HEX
[A] for any digit [0] in the account number being used.
[311] to [318] Partition Account Numbers
sa
-d
s
c-
Program the Partition Account Number for each active partition ([311] for partition 1, [312] for partition 2, etc.). When using the Automatic
SIA format, these account numbers are not used. The system will use the System Account Number for all reporting events. For all formats
other than SIA, program a HEX [A] for any digit [0] in the account number being used.
clu
[320] to [349] Reporting Codes
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
Program the reporting code for all events to be transmitted. For a description of when each reporting event will be transmitted, refer to
Appendix A – Reporting Codes. The panel also supports Automatic SIA and Automatic Contact ID reporting. Program data [00] to disable
the reporting of an event. If any other data is programmed (Data [01] to [FF]), the panel will automatically generate the correct reporting
event when transmitting to the central station. For all formats excluding Automatic SIA and Automatic Contact ID, the panel will not attempt
to report an event if data [00] or data [FF] is programmed for the reporting code.
[350] Communicator Format
te
ns
ib
Program the 2-digit number for the desired Communicator Format for the First Phone Number and the Second Phone Number. When dialing
the Third Phone Number, the system will use the Communicator Format programmed for Phone Number 1. Refer to the Programming Worksheet for a list of the available Communicator Formats. See Appendix F for details.
[351] to [376] Communicator Call Direction Options
-z
o
ne
-
ex
Reporting events are categorized into 5 groups: Alarm/Restore, Opening/Closing, Tamper Alarm/Restore, System Maintenance, and Test
Transmissions. Program which Phone Number the control panel will use to transmit reporting events by turning the option ON in the correct
section. Phone Number 1 and/or Phone Number 2 can be used.
a6
[377] Communicator Variables
-a
la
rm
Program a 3-digit number for each program entry:
ct
TLM Restoral follows the same delay.
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
Swinger Shutdown (Alarms): Maximum number of alarm/restoral transmissions per zone. Valid entries: [001] to [014]. Program data [000] to
disable shutdown.
Swinger Shutdown (Tamper): Maximum number of tamper alarm/restoral transmissions per zone. Valid entries: [000] to [014]. Program data
[000] to disable shutdown.
Swinger Shutdown (Trouble): Maximum number of trouble alarm/restoral transmissions per trouble condition. Valid entries: [000] to [014].
Program data [000] to disable shutdown.
Communicator (Transmission) Delay: Time, in seconds, the panel will delay reporting an alarm event. Valid entries: [000] to [255].
AC Failure Communication Delay: Time, in minutes, the panel will delay reporting an AC trouble event. Valid entries: [000] to [255].
TLM Trouble Delay: Time, in 3-second intervals, before the system will consider the phone line disconnected. Valid entries: [003] to [255]
(e.g., 3 x10 seconds = 30 seconds).
fra
Test Transmission Cycle (Land Line): Number of days between test transmission reporting events. Valid entries: [001] to [255].
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
Wireless Zone Low Battery Delay: Number of days the system will delay reporting a wireless low battery to the central station.
Valid entries: [000] to [255]. Program data [000] for no delay.
Delinquency Transmission Delay: Number of hours (Activity Delinquency) or days (Arming Delinquency) the panel will delay before transmitting the event to the central station. Valid entries: [001] to [255].
Communication Cancel Window: Time, in minutes, after an alarm has occurred that the system will report a Communication Cancel reporting
event if the system is disarmed. They keypad will beep rapidly to indicate that the Communication Cancel reporting event has been communicated successfully. Valid entries: [001] to [255]. Entering [000] will disable this window.
am
[378] Test Transmission Time
ww
.e
-c
Program the time the system will report a Test Transmission reporting event. Program 4 digits – [HH][MM] using the twenty-four-hour system. For a test transmission at 11:00 pm, program data [23][00]). Valid entries are [00][00] to [23][59]. Entering [99][99] will disable the test
transmission.
//
w
[379] Periodic DLS Time of Day
ht
tp
s:
Programs the time the system will auto-call DLS. Program 4 digits – [HH][MM] using the twenty-four-hour system. For a DLS auto-call at
11:00 pm, program data [23][00]). Valid entries are [00][00] to [23][59]. Programming [99][99] will select a random time, [FF][FF] will disable it.
20
Chapter 4 Programming Descriptions
[380] First Communicator Option Code
Option Description
ON: the system communicator is enabled.
OFF: the communicator is disabled.
[2]
ON: the system transmits alarm restorals if the zone is restored and the bell has timed out.
OFF: the system transmits alarm restorals immediately when the zone is restored.
[3]
ON: the panel uses rotary (pulse) dialing. OFF: the panel uses DTMF (touchtone) dialing.
[4]
ON: the panel will switch from DTMF dialing to rotary dialing after the 4th failed attempt to communicate.
OFF: the panel will use DTMF dialing for all dialing attempts.
[5]
ON: the system uses the Third Phone Number to back up the First Phone Number.
OFF: the Third Phone Number is disabled.
[6]
ON: the system alternates between the First Phone Number and Third Phone Number when attempting to report an event.
OFF: the panel will dial the First Phone Number for the programmed number of attempts, then switch to the Third Phone Number.
[7]
For Future Use
[8]
ON: the Delinquency feature follows zone activity. OFF: the Delinquency feature follows arming.
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
pc
16
16
-n
k/
[1]
[381] Second Communicator Option Code
Option
Description
ON: the keypad beeps 8 times after successfully transmitting the Opening After Alarm reporting event.
OFF: the keypad does not beep.
[2]
ON: the bell output squawks 8 times after successfully transmitting the Opening After Alarm reporting event.
OFF: the bell output does not activate.
[3]
ON: the system uses programmed reporting codes when transmitting using the SIA format.
OFF: the system automatically generates all reporting codes transmitted.
[4]
ON: the system beeps the keypad 8 times after successfully transmitting a Closing reporting event.
OFF: the keypad does not beep.
[5]
ON: the system requests a Listen in/two-way session the next time it calls the 1st/3rd Phone Number when the PC59xx transmits a request.
OFF: the system ignores the request from the PC59xx.
/c
en
tra
This option is used with PC59xx series modules.
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
[1]
ON: the system requests a Listen in/Two-way session the next time it calls the 2nd Phone Number when the PC59xx transmits a request.
OFF: the system will ignore the request from the PC59xx.
SC
[6]
le
/D
This option is used with PC59xx series modules.
ON: the system uses Contact ID format programmed reporting codes when transmitting reporting codes.
OFF: the system automatically generates all reporting codes transmitted.
[8]
ON: the system will follow ULC Communication Priority.
OFF: the system will follow standard communications priority.
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
[7]
Description
an
Option
tie
fra
[382] Third Communicator Option Code
For Future Use
[2]
ON: the system will transmit all alarms during Walk Test. OFF: the system will not report alarm events during Walk Test.
[3]
ON: the keypad will display the message ‘Communications Cancelled’ (programmable LCD) or ‘CC’ (fixed-message LCD) upon
successful transmission of the Communication Cancelled reporting event.
OFF: the keypad will not display these messages.
[4]
ON: the system dials the Call Waiting Cancel String on the first attempt to dial the central station.
OFF: the system does not dial the Call Waiting Cancel String.
[5]
ON: enables support for the TL/GS Module. OFF: disables TL/GS Module.
am
.e
-c
ww
//
w
[6]
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
[1]
ht
tp
s:
[7]
[8]
ON: the AC Failure Transmission Delay Timer is in hours. OFF: the delay is in minutes.
ON: sets the number of Dialing attempts to 1 when using Residential Dial Format.
OFF: residential Dial follows Dialing Attempt Counter.
For Future Use
21
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[383] Fourth Communicator Option Code
Option
Description
k/
ON: events programmed to communicate to phone #1 will use the Partition Account Number in [311]. Events Programmed to com-
[1]
pc
16
16
-n
municate to phone #2 will use the Partition Account Number in [312].
OFF: each event will use its respective partition account code.
For Future Use
[2]-[8]
c-
[389] TL/GS Module Fault Check Timer
sa
-d
s
Program the time, in 3-second intervals, before the system considers the TL/GS Module disconnected. Valid entries: [002] to [255]
(e.g., 010 x 3 seconds = 30 seconds).
in
Description
ne
Option
clu
[401] First Downloading Option Code
ON: the system answers incoming calls for downloading (either Programmed Number of Rings or Double Call).
OFF: the system does not answer incoming calls using the double call routine for downloading.
ila
-1
6ta
s
These settings do not affect the 6-hour DLS downloading window on power-up.
ta
t
ur
a-
[1]
ON: the user can enable downloading for the DLS Window using the [][6] command.
OFF: the user cannot enable downloading.
[3]
ON: the system will hang up after a successful DLS connection and call the computer back using the DLS Phone Number ([402]).
OFF: the system stays connected to the computer.
[4]
ON: the user can initiate a downloading session using the [][6] command.
OFF: the user cannot initiate a downloading session.
[5]
ON: the system attempts to call the downloading computer after transmitting an Event Buffer 75% Full event to the central station.
OFF: the system does NOT call the downloading computer after transmitting this event.
[6]
ON: panel communicates with DLS at 300 Baud. OFF: panel communicates with DLS at 110 Baud.
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
[2]
-a
la
rm
For Future Use
[7]-[8]
[402] Downloading Computer Phone Number
[403] Downloading Access Code
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
The Downloading Computer Telephone Number is used for Call Back, User Initiated DLS, and the Auto Event Buffer Upload functions.
Program the phone number as required. HEX digits can be included for special applications:
HEX [A]
Not used
HEX [B]
Simulates a [] key press
HEX [C]
Simulates a [#] key press
HEX [D]
Additional dial tone search
HEX [E]
2-second pause
HEX [F]
End of phone number marker
tie
fra
ct
Program the 6-digit Downloading Access Code. Upon connection, the system will only connect to the downloading computer if the
Downloading Access Code matches the Downloading Access Code programmed in the computer file.
an
[404] Panel Identification Code
/a
l
[405] Double-Call Timer
ar
m
a-
Program the 6-digit Panel Identification Code. This code is used by the downloading computer to verify the correct account is calling back
(Call Back feature) or to identify which customer account file should be used (User Initiated DLS and Auto Event Buffer Upload features).
er
e.
ro
Program the maximum amount of time, in seconds, between calls when connecting to a panel using the double call feature. Valid entries are
[001] to [255].
am
[406] Number of Rings to Answer On
.e
-c
Program the number of consecutive rings that panel must detect to answer for downloading. Valid entries are [000] to [010].
ww
[499] PC-Link Communications
ht
tp
s:
//
w
Enter the following command to initiate downloading via PC-Link: [499] [Installer Code] [499]. Plugging in the PC-Link connector will
automatically initiate the connection if DLS is initiated before connecting the PC-Link Header. The session will NOT be automatically initiated if the system is in installer mode.
22
Chapter 4 Programming Descriptions
[501] to [514] Programmable Output Attributes
pc
16
16
-n
k/
These options are used to customize the operation of the PGM outputs ([501] for PGM 1, [502] for PGM 2 etc.). The available options
depend on which PGM output type has been programmed.
When the PGM Output Options ([009] to [011]) are programmed, the system will change the PGM Attributes to the default settings. The
PGM Attributes will default if a new PGM output option is programmed.
PGM Output Option [01], [03] to [08], [11] to [22], [25],[26], [28], [30], [33], [34]
Option
[3]
Description
-d
s
c-
ON: the PGM output will operate normally (switch to ground when activated).
sa
OFF: the PGM output will be grounded and switch to open collector (open circuit) when activated.
Description
in
Option
[4]
clu
PGM Output Option [19] to [22]
ne
ON: the PGM output will activate for the duration of the PGM Output Timer when the [][7][x] command is performed.
ur
a-
OFF: the PGM output will latch until the [][7][x] command is performed again.
PGM Output Option [09]
Option
Description
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ON: a valid user code must be entered after the [][7][x] command. OFF: a user code is not required.
[5]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Service Required trouble condition is present.
[2]
ON: PGM output is activated if an AC trouble condition is present.
[3]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Telephone Line trouble condition is present.
[4]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Failure to Communicate trouble condition is present.
[5]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Zone Fault condition is present.
[6]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Zone Tamper condition is present.
[7]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Wireless Low Battery trouble condition is present.
[8]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Loss of Clock trouble condition is present.
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
[1]
Option
-a
la
rm
PGM Output Option [10]
Description
ON: PGM output is activated if a Burglary Alarm occurs.
[2]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Fire Alarm occurs.
[3]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Panic Alarm occurs.
[4]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Medical Alarm occurs.
[5]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Supervisory Alarm occurs.
[6]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Priority Alarm occurs.
[7]
ON: PGM output is activated if a 24-Hour Hold-Up Alarm occurs.
[8]
ON: the PGM output is activated for the time programmed for the PGM Output Timer.
OFF: the PGM output will latch until a valid user code is entered.
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
[1]
Description
an
Option
tie
PGM Output Option [31]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Fire Alarm occurs.
[2]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Panic Alarm occurs.
[3]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Burglary Alarm occurs.
[4]
ON: PGM output is activated if an Opening/Closing occurs.
[5]
ON: PGM output is activated if a zone is automatically bypassed.
[6]
ON: PGM output is activated if a Medical Alarm occurs.
[7]
ON: PGM output is activated if both a confirmed alarm and a Police Code occur.
[8]
ON: the PGM output is active when the selected condition is true. OFF: the PGM output will latch until a valid user code is entered.
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
[1]
//
w
PGM Output Option [32]
ht
tp
s:
Option
[1]-[7]
[8]
Description
For Future Use
ON: the PGM is activated for the duration programmed in PGM Output Timer.
OFF: the PGM is activated when an Opening After Alarm occurs, and will be deactivated when a valid access code is entered.
23
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Option
Description
[1]-[2]
For Future Use
k/
PGM Output Option [29] and [35]-[41]
pc
16
16
-n
ON: the PGM will switch to ground when the event occurs.
OFF: the PGM will switch to open when the event occurs.
[3]
For Future Use
[4]-[7]
ON: AND logic is selected, all zones that are enabled must be violated before the PGM will activate.
OFF: OR logic is selected, only one violated zone is required to activate the PGM. All zones must be restored to turn it OFF.
-d
s
c-
[8]
clu
sa
Zones are assigned to this PGM in the PGM Partition Assignment Section [551]-[564].
ne
in
[551] to [564] PGM Partition Assignment
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
These sections are used to customize the operation of the PGM outputs ([551] for PGM 1, [552] for PGM 2, etc.). Turn on the desired option
in the correct section to assign the PGM output to a specified partition. PGM outputs can be assigned to more than one partition. For PGM
outputs that are considered ‘system’ outputs (e.g.,Trouble output), programming in these sections will not affect the operation of the PGM
output. Zone Follower PGM types 29 and 35-41 are used to assign specific zones to the PGM.
Each Command Output PGM type can be assigned to one partition only.
[601] to [608] Additional Reporting Codes
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
Program the reporting code for all events to be transmitted. For information of when each reporting event will be transmitted, refer to
Appendix A – Reporting Codes. The panel also supports Automatic SIA and Automatic Contact ID reporting. Program data [00] to disable
the reporting of an event. If any other data is programmed (Data [01] to [FF]) the panel will automatically generate the correct reporting
event when transmitting to the central station. For all formats excluding Automatic SIA and Automatic Contact ID, the panel will not attempt
to report an event if data [00] or data [FF] is programmed for the reporting code.
-z
o
[681] to [688] Auto-Disarm Schedules
-a
la
rm
a6
Program the time to auto-disarm ([681] for Partition 1, [682] for Partition 2, etc.) for each day of the week. Each section has seven, 4-digit
entries: two digits for the hour, two digits for the minute, for Sunday through Saturday. Program using the twenty-four-hour system (for
example, to auto-arm at 8:00 pm program data [20][00]). Valid entries are [00][00] to [23][59] – program [99][99] to disable auto disarming
[691] to [698] Auto-Disarm Holiday Schedule
/c
en
tra
la
Program the dates to be used for the Auto-Disarm holiday schedule ([691] for Partition 1, [692] for Partition 2, etc.) Each section has 14, 6digit entries: two digits for the month, two digits for the day and two digits for the year. The panel will not disarm on the programmed dates.
The format of entering the date is MMDDYY. Program [99][99][99] to disable the Auto-Disarm holiday schedule.
SC
[700] Automatic Clock Adjust
Option
ie
/c
[701] First International Option Code
en
tra
le
/D
Program the number of seconds for the last minute of the day. This can be used to make minor corrections to the clock if the AC frequency is
not reliable. Valid entries are [01] to [99].
Description
ON: configures the system for 50Hz AC. OFF: configures the system for 60Hz AC.
[2]
ON: the system uses the internal crystal for the internal panel clock. OFF: the system uses the AC frequency for the internal panel clock.
[3]
ON: the system will inhibit arming if a Low Battery or AC trouble condition is present. OFF: arming will not be inhibited.
[4]
ON: all Tamper troubles will latch and arming will be inhibited. Enter Installer Programming to clear the trouble condition and return
to normal operation. OFF: Tamper troubles will not latch and will not inhibit arming.
[5]
ON: all access codes are 6-digits long. OFF: all access codes are 4-digits long.
[6]
ON: the system will hang up if a busy tone is detected. This attempt is not counted towards the Maximum Dialing Attempts.
OFF: the panel will not detect busy tones.
[7]
ON: the system will charge the battery at approximately 700mA. OFF: the system will charge the battery at 400mA.
[8]
ON: the system will abort a DLS session, Escort access, Listen In/Two-way session if a new central station communication event occurs.
OFF: non-critical events (Test transmission, Periodic Test and System Test) will not abort the session. Events will be communicated after
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
[1]
ht
tp
s:
the session is complete.
24
Chapter 4 Programming Descriptions
[702] Second International Option Code
Option
Description
ON: the communicator uses a 33/67 make/break ratio when pulse dialing.
OFF: the system uses a 40/60 make/break ratio.
[2]
ON: the system dials regardless of the presence of a dial tone after the first attempt.
OFF: the system dials only if a dial tone is detected.
[3]
ON: changes the Test Transmission Cycle Time to minutes.
OFF: sends a Test Transmission after the programmed number of days.
[4]
ON: the system accepts 1600Hz handshake pulse formats.
OFF: the system accepts 1400Hz or 2300Hz handshakes.
[5]
ON: the system generates a tone for 500ms every 2 seconds, indicating digital equipment is making the call vs. a voice call.
OFF: the system does not generate a tone.
[6]
ON: the tone generated (2100Hz.) indicates that digital equipment is making the call.
OFF: the tone is 1300Hz.
[7]
ON: the DLS down loading window is 1 hour. OFF: the DLS downloading window is 6 hours.
[8]
ON: the system activates the bell output if a Failure to Communicate trouble occurs while the system is armed.
OFF: the system does NOT activate the bell output if a Failure to Communicate trouble occurs while the system is armed.
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
pc
16
16
-n
k/
[1]
ib
[703] Delay Between Dialing Attempts
ex
te
ns
Program the amount of time (in seconds) the panel will wait between dialing attempts to transmit a reporting event to the central station.
Valid entries are [001] to [255].
ne
-
[800]-[851] Module Programming
-z
o
The following program options are used to program different modules that can be connected to the control panel. Refer to the relevant Installation Manual for installation and programming information.
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
[801]: PC5400 Printer Module Programming
[802]: PC59xx VOX Module Programming
[803]: Alternate Communicator Programming
[804]: Wireless Programming
[805]: PC5100 Addressable Programming
[851]: TL/GS Module Programming
SC
Special Installer Instructions
le
/D
[898] Wireless Enrollment
en
tra
Refer to Section 1.12 RFK5500 and RFK5564 Easy Wireless Enrollment Procedure for details.
[899] Template Programming
ct
ie
/c
Selecting [][8] [Installer Code] [899] displays the current 5-digit template programming code. Refer to section 3.1 Template Programming for
details. Refer to Appendix E - Template Programming for a detailed description of available templates and corresponding 5-digit codes.
tie
fra
This feature requires a PK55xx or RFK55xx series keypad, v.1.1 or higher.
an
[900] Panel Version Displayed
ar
m
a-
Only available with LCD5500 or PK5500 keypads. The system will display the version of the control panel (e.g., [0460] indicates panel version 4.60).
/a
l
[901] Installer Walk Test
am
er
e.
ro
The system will turn Installer Walk Test ON. The Ready, Armed and Trouble LED’s will flash rapidly while the test is active. Every time a
zone is violated the system will activate the bell output for two seconds and log the event to the event buffer. To turn Installer Walk Test OFF
enter [901] again. The system automatically terminates the test if there is no zone activity for 15 minutes.
.e
-c
[902] Module Supervision Reset
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
All modules are automatically detected within one minute after being connected to the Keybus. Enter [902] to clear detected modules if a
module is removed, if PC5108 jumpers are changed, or if a keypad’s slot assignments are programmed. The system will rescan the Keybus
to determine which modules are connected.
25
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[903] View Module Supervision
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
Module
ila
-1
6ta
s
Keypad in Slot #1 to #8
PC5108 Zone Expander #1 to #6
PC5100 Module
PC5108 Zone Expander #7
RF5132 Module or RFK keypad with integrated wireless receiver
PC5208
PC5204 Module
PC5400 Module
PC59xx Module
Alternate Communicator
Escort5580 or Escort5580TC
PC5200 #1 to #4
ta
t
Indicator Light (Zone)
[01] to [08]
[09] to [14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
[22]
[24]
[26] to [29]
pc
16
16
-n
k/
The keypad will display the modules detected by the system by turning on the associated zone light (LED keypads), flashing the numbers
(fixed-message LCD keypads), or displaying the modules detected in plain language (programmable LCD keypads). Refer to the chart
below:
[904] Wireless Placement Test
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
Enter [904] followed by the 2-digit number of the wireless zone to test. When a wireless signal is received from the selected transmitter, the
system will indicate the location as Good or Bad, as follows:
Good:
One bell squawk, 1 keypad beep, keypad zone light [1] ON
Bad:
Three bell squawks, 3 keypad beeps, keypad zone light [3] ON
Press [#] to exit when testing is complete. Enter the 2-digit zone number for the next wireless device to test or press [#] to return to standard
programming.
a6
[989] Default Master Code
-a
la
rm
Enter [989][Installer Code] to default the Master Code to the factory defaults.
[990] Installer Lockout Enable
/c
en
tra
la
Enter [990][Installer Code][990] to enable the Installer Lockout feature. A hardware default cannot be performed when the Installer Lockout
feature is ON. In addition, the system will chatter the line seizure relay 10 times if the panel is powered up, indicating that the feature is ON.
[991] Installer Lockout Disable
le
/D
[993] to [999]: Factory Default Module/Panel
SC
Enter [991][Installer Code][991] to turn the Installer Lockout feature OFF.
en
tra
The following options can be used to restore a module or the main control panel to its factory default settings. Enter the appropriate option,
followed by the Installer Code, followed by the option number (e.g., [993][Installer Code][993]).
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
[993]: Factory Default Alternate Communicator
[995]: Factory Default Escort 5580 Module
[996]: Factory Default Wireless Receiver
[997]: Factory Default PC5400 Module
[998]: Factory Default PC59xx Module
[999]: Factory Default Main Control Panel
ar
m
Hardware Reset (Default) Main Control Panel
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
Perform the following to restore the main control panel to its default settings:
1. Power down the system.
2. First removing all wires between Zone 1 and PGM1 on the control panel, connect a short between them.
3. Power up the control panel (AC power only) for 10 seconds.
4. Power down the control panel, remove the short between Zone 1 and PGM1.
5. Power up the control panel.
26
Chapter 4 Programming Descriptions
[001]-[064] Label Programming (Zone 1-64) (applies to PK5500/RFK5500/RFK5564 only)
Example:
Press the “2” key 3 times to enter the letter “F.”
Press the “2” key 4 times to enter the number
“2.”
4.
Press [] to access the “Select Option” menu.
Scroll to “Save” then press [] to save the label.
pc
16
16
-n
c-
-d
s
sa
clu
in
Enter the number of the corresponding character
group until the desired character is displayed.
ne
3.
a-
Scroll to the desired character’s location using the <>
Keys.
Display Left (Previous character position)
Display Right (Next character position)
[SELECT]
[ESCAPE]
[SPACE]
[A], [B], [C], [1]
[D], [E], [F], [2]
[G], [H], [I], [3]
[J], [K], [L], [4]
[M], [N], [O], [5]
[P], [Q], [R], [6]
[S], [T], [U], [7]
[V], [W], [X], [8]
[Y], [Z], [9], [0]
ur
2.
To Enter/Display
[<]
[>]
[?]
[#]
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
ta
t
Enter the section number of the label to be programmed. e.g., [*][8][Installer Code][*][001].
Press
ila
-1
6ta
s
To program a zone label:
1.
k/
Zone and other labels in these sections can be customized.
Default labels are in English and do not change when an alternate language is selected.
Labels can be programmed locally or downloaded/uploaded using DLS and Connect 24 interactive software.
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
WORDS - This option provides access to the Label Library, a collection of words commonly used when programming
labels.
ASCII ENTRY - This option is for entering uncommon characters, or as a primary method for programming labels. 255
character entries are available, although some entries are duplicated. Use the [<] [>] keys to scroll through the characters or
enter a 3-digit number from 000-255. Press the [] key to enter a character in the label.
CHANGE CASE - This option toggles the letter entry between upper case letters (A, B, C) and lower case letters (a, b, c).
CLEAR TO END - This option clears the display from the character where the cursor is located to the end of the display.
CLEAR DISPLAY - This option sets all characters in a label to “space” or cleared.
SAVE - Saves the new label. If save is not selected before leaving the label programming section, the changes are lost.
tra
la
-a
la
rm
Label Library
The Label Library is a database of words commonly used when programming labels. Individual words can be combined as needed. e.g., Front +
Door. Each line of the display supports a maximum of 14 characters. If a word will not fit on a line, scroll right until the cursor appears at the first
character of the second line then add the word.
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
To program a custom label using the Label Library:
1. Enter keypad programming and select the label to change. e.g., [][8][Installer Code][][001] (to program the label for zone 01).
2. Press [] to open the “Select Options” menu.
3. Press [] again to select the “Words” option.
4. Enter the 3-digit number corresponding to a word (see Words table below) or use the scroll keys [<][>] to view words in the library.
5. Press [] to select the word.
6. To add another word, repeat the above procedure from step 2.
7. To add a space, press the right scroll key [>].
8. To clear characters, select “Clear to End” or “Clear Display” from the “Select Options” menu.
9. To save the current label, press [] to access the “Select Options” menu, scroll left [<] to “Save” then press [] again.
27
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Words Table
Item
#
Text
001 Aborted
042 Control
083 Garage
124 Motion
165 Shop
206 E
002 AC
043 Date
084 Gas
125 No
166 Side
207 F
003 Access
044 Daughter’s
085 Glass
126 North
167 Siren
208 G
045 Degrees
086 Goodbye
127 Not
168 Sliding
209 H
005 Activity
046 Delay
087 Gym
128 Now
169 Smoke
210 I
006 Alarm
047 Den
088 Hallway
129 Number
170 Son’s
211 J
007 All
048 Desk
089 Heat
130 Off
171 Sound
212 K
049 Detector
090 Hello
131 Office
172 South
213 L
009 Area
050 Dining
091 Help
132 OK
173 Special
214 M
010 Arm
051 Disarmed
092 High
133 On
174 Stairs
011 Armed
052 Door
093 Home
134 Open
175 Stay
012 Arming
053 Down
094 House
135 Opening
176 Sun
013 Attic
054 Download
095 In
136 Panic
177 Supervisory
014 Auxiliary
055 Downstairs
096 Install
137 Partition
178 System
219 R
015 Away
056 Drawer
097 Interior
138 Patio
179 Tamper
220 S
016 Baby
057 Driveway
098 Intrusion
139 Pet
180 Temperature
221 T
017 Back
058 Duct
099 Invalid
140 Phone
181 Test
222 U
018 Bar
059 Duress
100 Is
141 Please
182 Time
223 V
019 Basement
060 East
101 Key
142 PM
183 To
224 W
a-
ne
in
008 AM
te
ns
clu
004 Active
ta
t
ur
215 N
ila
-1
6ta
s
ib
ex
ne
-z
o
k/
Item Text
#
pc
16
16
-n
Item Text
#
c-
Item Text
#
-d
s
Item Text
#
sa
Item Text
#
216 O
217 P
218 Q
061 Energy Saver
102 Kids
143 Police
184 Touchpad
225 X
021 Battery
062 Enter
103 Kitchen
144 Pool
185 Trouble
226 Y
022 Bedroom
063 Entry
104 Latchkey
145 Porch
186 Unbypass
227 Z
023 Bonus
064 Error
105 Laundry
146 Power
187 Unit
228 (Space)
107 Level
026 Building
067 Exterior
108 Library
027 Bus
068 Factory
109 Light
028 Bypass
069 Failure
029 Bypassed
070 Family
030 Cabinet
031 Cancelled
032 Car
073 Fence
033 Carbon
074 Fire
034 Central
075 First
035 Chime
076 Floor
-a
la
rm
la
106 Left
066 Exit
147 Press
188 Up
229 ’ (Apostrophe)
148 Program
189 West
230 - (Dash)
tra
065 Exercise
025 Breezeway
/c
en
024 Bottom
a6
020 Bathroom
190 Window
231 _ (Underscore)
191 Zone
232 *
110 Lights
151 Rear
192 0
233 #
111 Living
152 Receiver
193 1
234 :
071 Father’s
112 Load
153 Report
194 2
235 /
072 Feature
113 Loading
154 RF
195 3
236 ?
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
149 Progress
150 Quiet
155 Right
196 4
156 Room
197 5
116 Main
157 Safe
198 6
117 Master
158 Schedule
199 7
077 Force
118 Mat
159 Screen
200 8
037 Closet
078 Foyer
119 Medical
160 Second
201 9
038 Closing
079 Freeze
120 Memory
161 Sensor
202 A
039 Code
080 Front
121 Menu
162 Service
203 B
040 Communicator 081 Furnace
122 Monoxide
163 Shed
204 C
.e
-c
am
er
e.
/a
l
ar
036 Closed
ro
m
a-
an
tie
fra
114 Low
115 Lower
123 Mother’s
164 Shock
205 D
082 Gallery
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
041 Computer
28
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
Page
Programming Option
-d
s
sa
clu
in
ne
a-
ur
ta
t
ila
-1
6ta
s
ib
te
ns
ex
ne
-
-z
o
a6
-a
la
rm
la
tra
/c
en
SC
le
/D
en
tra
ie
/c
ct
fra
tie
an
a-
m
ar
/a
l
ro
e.
er
am
.e
-c
ww
//
w
s:
ht
tp
29
Page
[348] Test Transmission Reporting Codes .................................................44
[349] PC5700 Maintenance Reporting Codes ...........................................44
[350] Communicator Format Options .......................................................44
[351]-[358] Alarm/Restore Communicator Call Directions.......................44
[359]-[366] Tamper/Restore Communicator Call Directions.....................44
[367]-[374] Opening/Closing Communicator Call Directions ...................45
[375] System Maintenance Communicator Call Directions ......................45
[376] System Test Transmissions Communicator Call Directions .............45
[377] Communication Variables .................................................................45
[378] Test Transmission Time of Day .......................................................45
[379] Periodic DLS Time of Day ...............................................................45
[380] 1st Communicator Options ...............................................................46
[381] 2nd Communicator Options ..............................................................46
[382] 3rd Communicator Options...............................................................46
[383] 4th Communicator Options...............................................................46
[389] TL/GS Module Fault Check Timer ..................................................46
[401] DLS Downloading Option Codes .....................................................47
[402] DLS Downloading Telephone Number (32 Digits) ..........................47
[403]-[404] DLS Downloading Access Code / Panel ID Code .................47
[405] Answering Machine Double Call Timer ...........................................47
[406] Number of Rings to Answer On .......................................................47
[499] Initiate PC-Link Downloading..........................................................47
[501]-[502] PGM 1&2 Output Attributes (Main Panel).............................48
[503]-[504] PGM 3&4 Output Attributes (Main Panel / PC5208).............48
[505]-[510] PGM 5-10 Output Attributes (5208).......................................48
[511]-[514] PGM 11-14 Output Attributes (5204) .....................................48
[551]-[552] PGM 1&2 Output Partition Assignment (Main Panel)...........49
[553]-[554] PGM 3&4 Output Partition Assignment
(Main Panel/PC5208) .................................................................................49
[555]-[560] PGM 5-10 Output Partition Assignment (5208) .....................49
[561]-[564] PGM 11-14 Output Partition Assignment (5204) ...................49
[601]-[604] Closing (Arming) Reporting Codes, Access Codes 33-95........49
[605]-[608] Opening (Disarming) Reporting Codes, Access Codes 33-95.......50
[681]-[688] Automatic Disarming Schedule ..............................................50
[691]-[698] Auto-Disarm Holiday Schedule ..............................................50
[700] Automatic Clock Adjust ...................................................................51
[701] 1st International Options...................................................................51
[702] 2nd International Options..................................................................51
[703] Delay between Dialing Attempts ......................................................51
[801] PC5400 Printer Module Programming .............................................52
[802] PC59xx VOX Programming .............................................................52
[804] Wireless Expansion Programming ....................................................52
[805] PC5100 Programming.......................................................................52
[851] TL/GS Programming.........................................................................52
[898] Wireless Enrollment..........................................................................52
[899] Template Programming.....................................................................52
[900] Panel Version Displayed ...................................................................52
[901] Installer Walk Test Mode Enable/Disable ........................................52
[902] Module Supervision Reset ...............................................................52
[903] Module Supervision Field ................................................................52
[904] Wireless Module Placement Test .....................................................52
[989] Default Master Code .........................................................................52
[990] Installer Lockout Enable ...................................................................52
[991] Installer Lockout Disable ..................................................................52
[993] Restore Alternate Communicator to Default Programming .............52
[995] Restore Escort5580 to Default Programming ...................................52
[996] Restore RF5132 to Default Programming ........................................52
[997] Restore PC5400 to Default Programming ........................................52
[998] Restore PC59xx to Default Programming ........................................52
[999] Restore Control Panel to Default Programming ...............................52
c-
[000] Keypad Enrollment .......................................................................30
[001]-[004] Zone Definitions..................................................................30
[005] System Times ................................................................................31
[006] Installer Code ................................................................................31
[007] Master Code ..................................................................................31
[008] Maintenance Code.........................................................................31
[009] PGM 1&2 Output Programming (Main Panel) .............................32
[010] PGM 3-10 Output Programming (Main Panel/PC5208)...............32
[011] PGM 11-14 Output Programming (PC5204) ................................32
[012] Keypad Lockout Options .............................................................32
[013] 1st System Options........................................................................33
[014] 2nd System Options ......................................................................33
[015] 3rd System Options .......................................................................33
[016] 4th System Options .......................................................................33
[017] 5th System Options .......................................................................34
[018] 6th System Options .......................................................................34
[019] 7th System Options .......................................................................34
[020] Keypad Zone Assignments ...........................................................34
[021] 8th System Options .......................................................................35
[022] 9th System Options .......................................................................35
[023] 10th System Options .....................................................................35
[030] Zone Loop Response (Zones 1-8) .................................................35
[101] - [164] Zone Attributes..................................................................36
[165] Maximum Dialing Attempts to Each Telephone Number.............38
[166] Post Dial Wait for Handshake (All Formats) ...............................38
[167] TL/GS Module Wait for Acknowledgement .................................38
[168] Set Clock Forward (Daylight Saving Time)..................................39
[169] Set Clock Back (Standard Time)...................................................39
[170] PGM Output Timer .......................................................................39
[171] Tamper PGM Output Timer ..........................................................39
[175] Auto-Arm Postpone Timer............................................................39
[176] Cross Zone/Police Code Timer ....................................................39
[181]-[188] Automatic Arming Schedule...............................................39
[190] No Activity Arming Pre-Alert Time .............................................39
[191]-[198] No Activity Arming Timers ................................................39
[199] Auto-Arming Pre-Alert Timer ......................................................40
[201] Partition Selection Mask ...............................................................40
[202]-[265] Partition 1-8 Zone Assignment ...........................................40
[301] 1st Telephone Number (32 Digits) ................................................40
[302] 2nd Telephone Number (32 Digits)...............................................40
[303] 3rd Telephone Number (32 Digits) ...............................................40
[304] Call Waiting Cancel String (6 Digits) ...........................................40
[310] System Account Code ...................................................................41
[311]-[318] Partition 1-8 Account Numbers...........................................41
[320]-[323] Alarm Reporting Codes, Zones 01-64.................................41
[324]-[327] Alarm Restoral Reporting Codes, Zones 01-64 ..................41
[328] Miscellaneous Alarm Reporting Codes.........................................42
[329] Priority Alarm and Restoral .........................................................42
[330]-[333] Tamper Reporting Codes, Zones 01-64...............................42
[334]-[337] Tamper Restoral Reporting Codes, Zones 01-64 ................42
[338] Miscellaneous Tamper Reporting Codes ......................................43
[339]-[340] Closing (Arming) Reporting Codes,
Access Codes 1-32.................................................................................43
[341] Miscellaneous Closing (Arming) Reporting Codes ......................43
[342]-[343] Opening (Disarming) Reporting Codes,
Access Codes 1-32.................................................................................43
[344] Miscellaneous Opening (Disarming) Reporting Codes ................43
[345] Maintenance Alarm Reporting Codes ...........................................43
[346] Maintenance Restoral Reporting Codes .......................................43
[347] Miscellaneous Maintenance Reporting Codes ..............................44
pc
16
16
-n
Programming Option
k/
5.1 Index to Programming Worksheets
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Programming Worksheets
k/
Shaded programming sections indicate minimum programming requirements
pc
16
16
-n
The defaults for SIA FAR CP-01 are indicated in gray text.
Keypad Partition /Slot and Function Key Programming
[000] Keypad Enrollment
-d
s
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
Slot address (For the partition, 0-8; for the slot, 1-8). For example, to enroll a keypad in partition 3, slot 1, enter (31).
Function Key 1 Assignment (Valid entries are 00-32)
Function Key 2 Assignment (Valid entries are 00-32)
Function Key 3 Assignment (Valid entries are 00-32)
Function Key 4 Assignment (Valid entries are 00-32)
Function Key 5 Assignment (Valid entries are 00-32)
ta
t
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
c-
This must be done at each keypad requiring programming.
ib
Recall Bypass Group
For Future Use
Time and Date
Select Partition 3
Select Partition 4
Select Partition 5
Select Partition 6
Select Partition 7
Select Partition 8
For Future Use
te
ns
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
ex
ne
-
-z
o
[][6] User Functions
Command Output #1 [][7][1]
Command Output #2 [][7][2]/Sensor Reset
Global Stay Arming
[][0] Quick Exit
[][1] Reactivate Stay/Away Zones
Global Away Arming
Command Output 3 [][7][3]
For Future Use
Command Output 4 [][7][4]
Global Disarming
Bypass Recall
a6
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Not used
Select Partition 1
Select Partition 2
Stay Arm
Away Arm
[][9] No-Entry Arm
[][4] Chime On / Off
[][6][——][4] System Test
[][1] Bypass Mode
[][2] Trouble Display
[][3] Alarm Memory
[][5] Access Code Programming
[20] Zone
Assigned
Key 1
ICON / LED Defaults
11
00
03
Full Message Defaults
18
00
03
00
KEYPAD 4
00
KEYPAD 5
00
KEYPAD 6
00
04
06
14
16
04
06
14
16
tra
/c
en
KEYPAD 3
Key 5
SC
00
Key 4
le
/D
00
KEYPAD 2
Key 3
ie
/c
en
tra
KEYPAD 1
Key 2
la
Partition/Slot
-a
la
rm
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
ila
-1
6ta
s
Function Key Options (enter these values below in the table immediately following):
fra
ct
KEYPAD 7
00
00
tie
KEYPAD 8
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
Null Zone (Not Used)
Delay 1*
Delay 2*
Instant*
Interior*
Interior, Stay/Away*
Delay, Stay/Away*
Delayed 24-hr Fire (Hardwired)**
Standard 24-hr Fire (Hardwired)
24-hr Supervisory
24-hr Supervisory Buzzer*
24-hr Burglary*
24-hr Holdup*
*For burglary applications only
a-
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
an
[001]-[004] Zone Definitions (enter the values below in the table immediately following):
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
24-hr Gas*
24-hr Heating*
24-hr Auxiliary (Medical)*
24-hr Panic*
24-hr Emergency*
24-hr Sprinkler*
24-hr Water*
24-hr Freeze*
24-hr Latching Tamper*
Momentary Keyswitch Arm*
Maintained Keyswitch Arm*
For Future Use
Interior/Delay*
** For residential fire applications only
30
26
29
30
31
32
35
36
37
39
41
81
87
88
24-hr Non-alarm*
Auto-Verified Fire
Fire Supervisory
Day Zone*
Instant Stay/Away*
24-hr Bell/Buzzer
24-hr Non-Latching Tamper Zone
Night Zone
For Future Use
24-hr Carbon Monoxide (hardwired)
24-hr Wireless Carbon Monoxide
Delay 24-hr Fire (Wireless/Addressable)**
Standard 24-hr Fire (Wireless/Addressable)**
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
Zone
Def.
[003]
33
00
I___I___I
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
Section
Zone
[004]
49
Def.
00
I___I___I
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
k/
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Section
pc
16
16
-n
I___I___I
c-
00
-d
s
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
I___I___I
Def.
17
sa
03
03
03
04
04
04
04
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
Zone
[002]
clu
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Section
in
I___I___I
ne
01
a-
Def.
01
ur
Zone
[001]
[005] System Times
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
Section
Valid entries for Entry Delay are 030-255; valid entries for Exit Delay are 045-255 for SIA CP-01.
[05] Partition 5 Entry/Exit times
030
I____I____I____I Entry Delay 1
030
I____I____I____I Entry Delay 1
045
I_0_I_3_I_0_I
Entry Delay 2
045
I_0_I_3_I_0_I
ib
[01] Partition 1 Entry/Exit times
120
I_0_I_6_I_0_I
Exit Delay
120
I_0_I_6_I_0_I
Exit Delay
[02] Partition 2 Entry/Exit times
ne
-
ex
te
ns
Entry Delay 2
[06] Partition 6 Entry/Exit times
I____I____I____I Entry Delay 1
030
I____I____I____I Entry Delay 1
I_0_I_3_I_0_I
Entry Delay 2
045
I_0_I_3_I_0_I
Entry Delay 2
120
I_0_I_6_I_0_I
Exit Delay
120
I_0_I_6_I_0_I
Exit Delay
a6
-a
la
rm
[07] Partition 7 Entry/Exit times
Entry Delay 2
120
I_0_I_6_I_0_I
Exit Delay
030
I____I____I____I Entry Delay 1
045
I_0_I_3_I_0_I
Entry Delay 2
I_0_I_6_I_0_I
Exit Delay
tra
I____I____I____I Entry Delay 1
I_0_I_3_I_0_I
/c
en
030
045
la
[03] Partition 3 Entry/Exit times
SC
120
Entry Delay 2
120
I_0_I_6_I_0_I
Exit Delay
[08] Partition 8 Entry/Exit times
030
I____I____I____I Entry Delay 1
045
I_0_I_3_I_0_I
Entry Delay 2
120
I_0_I_6_I_0_I
Exit Delay
ct
[09] Bell Cut-Off Timer (All Partitions)
en
tra
I____I____I____I Entry Delay 1
I_0_I_3_I_0_I
ie
/c
030
045
le
/D
[04] Partition 4 Entry/Exit times
I___I___I___I
fra
Enter 3 digits from 001-255
tie
004
-z
o
030
045
an
For SIA CP-01 compliant installations, the Exit Delay must be within the range of 045-255 seconds (Default 60 seconds). If the Exit
ar
m
a-
Delay is silent (Section 14, Option 6 or Stay Function Key Arming), the exit delay must be twice the programmed value. It cannot, however,
exceed 255 seconds (i.e., 090-255 seconds).
ro
/a
l
For UL Installations, the Entry Delay plus the Communications Delay must not exceed 60 seconds.
er
e.
Exit Time Restart shall be disabled when the panel is used in combination with T-Link TL250/TL300.
am
[006] Installer’s Code
[007] Master Code
[008] Maintenance Code
Default
1234 I____I____I____I____I
Default
AAAA I____I____I____I____I
ww
.e
-c
Default
5555 I____I____I____I____I
//
w
[007] Master Code
ht
tp
s:
The master code can be restored to default in section [989] Default Master Code.
31
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
36 Zone Follower Output (Zones 17-24)
37 Zone Follower Output (Zones 25-32)
38 Zone Follower Output (Zones 33-40)
39 Zone Follower Output (Zones 41-48)
40 Zone Follower Output (Zones 49-56)
41 Zone Follower Output (Zones 57-64)
c-
pc
16
16
-n
Stay Armed Status
Command Output #1 ([*][7][1])
Command Output #2 ([*][7][2])
Command Output #3 ([*][7][3])
Command Output #4 ([*][7][4])
24-hr Silent Input (PGM 2 only)
24-hr Audible Input (PGM 2 only)
Delayed Fire and Burglary Output
Battery Test Output
Holdup Output
Zone Follower Output (Zones 1-8)
Partition Status Alarm Memory
Alternate Communicator
For Future Use
For Future Use
Away Armed with no Zone Bypassed Status
Zone Follower Output (Zones 9-16)
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
Output types [03], [04]
and [20] cannot be used
together on the same
system.
ta
t
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Residential Burglary and Fire Bell Output
For Future Use
Sensor Reset [*][7][2]
2-Wire Smoke Support (PGM 2 only)
System Armed Status
Ready To Arm
Keypad Buzzer Follow Mode
Courtesy Pulse
System Trouble Output (with Trouble options)
System Event (Strobe with Event options)
System Tamper (all sources)
TLM and Alarm
Kissoff Output
Ground Start Pulse
Remote Operation (DLS Support)
For Future Use
Away Armed Status
ila
-1
6ta
s
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
k/
Programmable Output Options
[009] PGM1 and PGM2 Output Programming (Main Panel)
Program PGM Option Attributes in sections [501] - [514]. Program PGM partitions in sections [551] - [564].
ne
-
[010] PGM3 to PGM10 Output Programming (Main Panel/PC5208)
ex
te
ns
ib
PC1616 and PC1832 have 2 onboard PGMs (PGM 1 and 2). PC1864 has 4 on-board PGMs (PGM 1-4).
Default
Default
19 I_______I_______I PGM 1
10 I_______I_______I PGM 2
-z
o
Program PGM Option Attributes in sections [501] - [514]. Program PGM partitions in sections [551] - [564]
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
Default
Default
01
I____I____I PGM 3 (main panel/PC5208)*
01
I____I____I PGM 7 (PC5208)
I____I____I PGM 4 (main panel/PC5208)*
01
I____I____I PGM 8 (PC5208)
01
01
I____I____I PGM 5 (PC5208)
01
I____I____I PGM 9 (PC5208)
I____I____I PGM 6 (PC5208)
01
I____I____I PGM 10 (PC5208)
01
These two sections above allow you to program both PGM3 and PGM4 on the main panel, and the first two PGM outputs on the
PC5208. If you use both the main panel and the PC5208 outputs, PGM3 will work identically to the first PC5208 output, and PGM4
will work identically to the second PC5208 output.
le
/D
[011] PGM 11 to PGM 14 Output Programming (PC5204)
Default
01
01
Default
01
01
I____I____I PGM 13
ie
/c
I____I____I PGM 11
en
tra
Program PGM Option Attributes in sections [501] - [514]. Program PGM partitions in sections [551] - [564].
I____I____I PGM 14
ct
I____I____I PGM 12
an
[012] Keypad Lockout Options
tie
fra
Other System Options
m
a-
If Keypad Lockout is active, the panel cannot be disarmed with a keyswitch.
ar
Default
000
000
/a
l
I____I____I____I Number of Invalid Codes Before Lockout (001-255 codes, 000 to disable)
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
I____I____I____I Lockout Duration (000-255 minutes)
32
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
[013] First System Options

6

7

8
Auto-Arm Schedule in [*][6] and installers
Audible Exit Fault Enabled
Event Buffer Follows Swinger Shutdown
Temporal Three Fire Signal Enabled
6
7
8


No Bell Squawk On Exit Delay
Bell Squawk On Trouble

No Bell Squawk On Trouble
Audible Exit with Urgency


Silent Exit Delay
Bell Squawk On Entry Delay
Exit Delay Termination Enabled
Residential Fire Bell is Continuous

Fire Key Enabled
2


Panic Key Audible (Bell / Beeps)
tra
/c
en
SC
le
/D
en
tra
ie
/c
Code Required for Bypassing
Master Code NOT Changeable



ct
TLM Enabled
Exit Delay Termination Disabled
TLM Audible (Bell) when Armed

Residential Fire Bell is Cut-off
OFF
Fire Key Disabled
Panic Key Silent
Quick Exit Disabled
Quick Arming Disabled (Code Required)
Code Not Required for Bypassing
Master Code Changeable
TLM Disabled
TLM Trouble Beeps when Armed
an
8

Quick Arming Enabled (No Code Required)
fra
7
Quick Exit Enabled (ON for SIA CP-01)
tie
6
No Bell Squawk On Entry Delay
la
1
5
ib
Bell Squawk On Exit Delay
No Bell Squawk During Auto-Arm
te
ns
Bell Squawk During Auto-Arm
ON
4
k/
Arm /Disarm Bell Squawk Disabled
Def
3
ta
t


[015] Third System Options
Opt
ila
-1
6ta
s
Arm /Disarm Bell Squawk Enabled
ex
5

ne
-
4
OFF
-z
o
3
ON
a6
2
Def
-a
la
rm
1
ur
[014] Second System Options
Opt
m
a-
[016] Fourth System Options
Def
1
 2
Trouble Light Flashes if AC Fails
Blank Keypad when Not Used
Code required to remove Keypad Blanking
 Keypad Backlighting is Enabled
Power Save Mode Enabled
Bypass Status Displayed While Armed
Keypad Tampers Enabled
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
5
7
8
/a
l
ro
e.
er
.e
-c
4
OFF
AC Trouble Displayed
am
3
6
ON
ar
Opt
pc
16
16
-n
Tampers/Faults do not show as open
c-
5
Panel shows only Fire Troubles when armed
 Tampers/Faults show as open
Auto-arm Schedule in Installer Programming Only
Audible Exit Fault Disabled
Event Buffer Logs Events past Shutdown
 Standard Pulsed Fire Signal
Panel shows all Troubles when armed
-d
s
4
Double End-of-Line Resistors
sa

3

 Single End-of-Line Resistors
clu
2
OFF
End-of-Line Resistors
in
1
ON
Normally Closed Loops
ne
Def
a-
Opt






33
AC Trouble Not Displayed
Trouble Light does NOT follow AC Status
Keypad Blanking Disabled
No Code Required
Keypad Backlighting is Disabled
Power Save Mode Disabled
Bypass Status Not Displayed While Armed
Keypad Tampers Disabled
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[017] Fifth System Options
5
6
7
8
Audible RF Jam Trouble Beeps
Double Hit Enabled
Late to Close Enabled
Daylight Saving Time Enabled
For Future Use
Squawk on Away Key Arming/Disarming Only
Silent RF Jam Trouble Beeps
Double Hit Disabled
Late to Close Disabled
Daylight Saving Time Disabled
Squawk on all Arming/Disarming
5
6
7
8
For Future Use
Keypad Buzzer Follows Bell Enabled
Cross Zoning Enabled
Exit Delay Restart Enabled (Enabled for SIA CP-01)
AC Trouble Beeps Enabled
ON
5
6
7
8
la
tra
/c
en
SC
4
First Zone in Alarm Enabled
For Future Use
le
/D
3
For Future Use
Green Keypad LED Power Indication
[][6] Accessible by All Users
For Future Use
en
tra
2
For Future Use
ie
/c
1
For Future Use
ct
Def








ur
ta
t
ila
-1
6ta
s
Keypad Buzzer Follows Bell Disabled
Police Code Enabled
Exit Delay Restart Disabled
AC Trouble Beeps Disabled
OFF
First Zone in Alarm Disabled
Ready Indication
Master Code Only
an
tie
Keypad Zone Assignments
fra
Opt
-a
la
rm
[019] Seventh System Options
ib
4
For Future Use
te
ns
3
ex
2
For Future Use
ne
-
1
OFF
-z
o
ON
Test Transmission Exception Enabled
a6
Def
a-
[018] Sixth System Options
Opt
k/








Test Transmission Exception Disabled
RF Jam Log after 30 Seconds
pc
16
16
-n
4







c-
-d
s
2
RF Jam Log after 5 Minutes
sa
 OFF
WLS Key Uses Access Codes
clu
1
3
ON
WLS Key Does Not use Access Codes
in
Def
ne
Opt
m
a-
[020] Keypad Zone Assignments
Only one keypad may be assigned to a zone.
ar
Only one keypad may be
assigned to a slot. Only one
zone can be assigned to a
keypad. Valid entries are
from 01 to 64.
/a
l
Default
00
e.
ro
I____I____I____I Keypad (slot 1) Zone
er
I____I____I____I Keypad (slot 2) Zone
am
I____I____I____I Keypad (slot 3) Zone
.e
-c
I____I____I____I Keypad (slot 4) Zone
ww
I____I____I____I Keypad (slot 5) Zone
//
w
I____I____I____I Keypad (slot 6) Zone
s:
I____I____I____I Keypad (slot 7) Zone
ht
tp
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
I____I____I____I Keypad (slot 8) Zone
34
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
[021] Eighth System Options
6
7
8
Keyswitch Disarming at Any Time
5
6
7
8
Fire Key Beeps Only
For Future Use
Test Transmission While Armed Only
Test Transmission in Hours
Switching from AWAY to STAY disabled
2-way Audio will Not Disconnect for a New Event
Trouble Beeps are Silent*
Keyswitch Arm in Away Mode
1
2
/c
en
3
-a
la
rm
ON
la
Def
tra
Opt
SC
4
le
/D
5
en
tra
6
7
ie
/c
8
ta
t
RF Delinquency disabled
Stay Arming Silent
a6
[023] Tenth System Options
Any Code Bypasses Holdup Zones
ib
4
No Access Code Req’d for [][1], [][2], [][3]
te
ns
3








ex
Access Code Req’d for [][1], [][2], [][3]
For Future Use
For Future Use
Master Code Bypasses Holdup Zones Only
For Future Use
RF Delinquency enabled
For Future Use
Audible Exit Delay for Stay Arming
1
2
ila
-1
6ta
s
OFF
ne
-
ON
-z
o
Def
ur
[022] Ninth System Options
Opt








OFF
Fire Key Beeps and Sounds Bell
Zone 1 is Normal Loop Response
Test Transmission While Armed/Disarmed
Test Transmission in Days
AWAY to STAY toggle Option Permitted
2-way Audio will Disconnect for a New Event
Trouble Beeps sound every 10 seconds
Keyswitch arms in STAY or AWAY
ct
* This option must be off for UL residential fire applications
5
6
Zone 6 is Fast Loop Response
Zone 7 is Fast Loop Response
Zone 8 is Fast Loop Response
OFF








ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
8
an
a-
m
ar
/a
l
Zone 5 is Fast Loop Response
.e
-c
7
Zone 4 is Fast Loop Response
ro
4
Zone 3 is Fast Loop Response
e.
3
Zone 2 is Fast Loop Response
er
1
2
ON
Zone 1 is Fast Loop Response
am
Def
tie
fra
[030] Zone Loop Response (Zones 1-8)
Opt
35
k/
pc
16
16
-n







c-
5
For Future Use
For Future Use
For Future Use
For Future Use
Keyswitch Disarming During Entry Delay Only
For Future Use
For Future Use
Access Code Entry Not Blocked During Entry Delay
-d
s
4
 sa
3
Access Code Entry Blocked During Entry Delay
clu
2
OFF
in
1
ON
ne
Def
a-
Opt
Zone 2 is Normal Loop Response
Zone 3 is Normal Loop Response
Zone 4 is Normal Loop Response
Zone 5 is Normal Loop Response
Zone 6 is Normal Loop Response
Zone 7 is Normal Loop Response
Zone 8 is Normal Loop Response
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[101]-[164] Zone Attributes
Zone Attribute Defaults (Y = Option ON; N = Option OFF): Bold entries are opposite for SIA CP-01.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ON
Steady
Chime
Bypass
Force*
Swing
Tx. Delay
Wireless Zn
Cross Zn
OFF
Silent
Pulsed
No
No
No
No
No
No
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
-d
s
sa
clu
in
ne
a-
ur
ta
t
ila
-1
6ta
s
ib
te
ns
ex
ne
-z
o
a6
-a
la
rm
la
tra
/c
en
SC
le
/D
en
tra
00 Null Zone
01 Delay 1
02 Delay 2
03 Instant
04 Interior
05 Int. Stay/Away
06 Dly. Stay/Away
07 Dly. 24hr Fire (Hardw.)
08 Stand. 24hr Fire (Hardw.)
09 24hr Superv.
10 24hr Superv. Buzzer
11 24hr Burglary
12 24hr Holdup
13 24hr Gas
14 24hr Heating
15 24hr Auxiliary (Medical)
16 24hr Panic
17 24hr Emergency
18 24hr Sprinkler
19 24hr Water
20 24hr Freeze
21 24hr Latching Tamper
22 Momentary Keyswitch
23 Maintained Keyswitch
25 Interior/Delay
26 24hr Non-alarm
29 Auto Verified Fire
30 Fire Supervisory
31 Day Zone
32 Instant Stay/Away
35 24 hr Bell/Buzzer
36 24hr Non Latching Tamper
37 Night Zone
41 24hr Carbon Monoxide
81 24hr Carbon Monoxide (WLS)
87 Dly. 24hr Fire (Wireless)
88 Stand. 24hr Fire (Wireless)
c-
Zone Type:
* For UL installations, do not change attribute 5 (Force Arming) from the default setting.
10
11
ie
/c
Attribute:
13
ct
fra
an
am
ar
/a
l
ro
e.
er
am
.e
-c
ww
//
w
s:
ht
tp
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
tie
OFF
Zone Type:
00 Null Zone
01 Delay 1
02 Delay 2
03 Instant
04 Interior
05 Int. Stay/Away
06 Dly. Stay/Away
07 Dly. 24hr Fire (Hardw.)
08 Stand. 24hr Fire (Hardw.)
09 24hr Superv.
10 24hr Superv. Buzzer
11 24hr Burglary
12 24hr Holdup
13 24hr Gas
14 24hr Heating
15 24hr Medical
16 24hr Panic
17 24hr Emergency
18 24hr Sprinkler
12
Zone Attributes 10-13 For Future Use
ON
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
36
14
15
16
NC Loops
SEOL
DEOL
Config.
Config.
Config.
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
k/
1
Audible
pc
16
16
-n
Attribute:
No
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
am
ro
Config.
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
Tx. Delay
No
7
I_____I
Wireless
No
8
I_____I
Cross Zn
No
9
I_____I
I_____I
ex
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
/c
en
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
te
ns
ne
-z
o
a6
-a
la
rm
la
tra
SC
le
/D
en
tra
ie
/c
ib
Swing
No
6
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
a-
an
tie
fra
I_____I
m
pc
16
16
-n
Force*
No
5
I_____I
c-
Bypass
No
4
I_____I
-d
s
Chime
No
3
I_____I
sa
Steady/
Pulsed
2
I_____I
clu
Audible/
Silent
1
I_____I
ar
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
k/
Config.
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
I_____I
/a
l
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
e.
er
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
Config.
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
ct
Zone
Type**
.e
-c
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
ww
//
w
ht
tp
s:
[101]
[102]
[103]
[104]
[105]
[106]
[107]
[108]
[109]
[110]
[111]
[112]
[113]
[114]
[115]
[116]
[117]
[118]
[119]
[120]
[121]
[122]
[123]
[124]
[125]
[126]
[127]
[128]
[129]
[130]
[131]
[132]
[133]
[134]
Zone #
16
DEOL
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
19 24hr Water
20 24hr Freeze
21 24hr Latching Tamper
22 Momentary Keyswitch
23 Maintained Keyswitch
25 Interior Delay
26 24hr Non-alarm
29 Auto Verified Fire
30 Fire Supervisory
31 Day Zone
32 Instant Stay/Away
35 24hr Bell/Buzzer
36 24hr Non Latching Tamper
37 Night Zone
41 24hr Carbon Monoxide
81 24hr Carbon Monoxide (Wireless)
87 Dly. 24hr Fire (Wireless)
88 Stand. 24hr Fire (Wireless)
Section
15
SEOL
in
OFF
14
NC Loops
ne
13
a-
12
ur
11
Zone Attributes 10-13 For Future Use
ta
t
10
ON
ila
-1
6ta
s
Attribute:
37
Wireless
No
8
I_____I
Cross Zn
No
9
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
NC Loops
Config.
14
I_____I
SEOL
Config.
15
I_____I
DEOL
Config.
16
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I|
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
ro
e.
er
am
.e
-c
ww
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 001-255 seconds
[167] TL/GS Module Wait for Acknowledgement
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 060-255 seconds
38
pc
16
16
-n
c-
-d
s
sa
clu
in
ne
I_____I
I_____I
//
w
s:
a-
I_____I
I_____I
[166] Post Dial Wait for Handshake (All Formats)
ht
tp
ur
I_____I
I_____I
Default 005
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 001-005 attempts
For UL Listed Installations, 5 dialing attempts are required.
Default 060
ta
t
I_____I
I_____I
[165] Maximum Dialing Attempts to Each Telephone Number
Default 040
ila
-1
6ta
s
I_____I
**Record here based on programming in sections [001]-[004].
Zone attributes 10-16 only apply to zones 1-8.
System Timers
te
ns
ex
ne
-
-z
o
a6
-a
la
rm
la
tra
/c
en
le
/D
SC
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
For Future For Future For Future
Use
Use
Use
11
12
13
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
en
tra
For Future
Use
10
I_____I
k/
Tx. Delay
No
7
I_____I
ie
/c
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
Swing
No
6
I_____I
ct
Zone
Type**
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Force*
No
5
I_____I
/a
l
[101]
[102]
[103]
[104]
[105]
[106]
[107]
[108]
Bypass
No
4
I_____I
fra
Zone #
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Chime
No
3
I_____I
tie
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
Steady/
Pulsed
2
I_____I
an
Section
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Audible/
Silent
1
I_____I
a-
[135]
[136]
[137]
[138]
[139]
[140]
[141]
[142]
[143]
[144]
[145]
[146]
[147]
[148]
[149]
[150]
[151]
[152]
[153]
[154]
[155]
[156]
[157]
[158]
[159]
[160]
[161]
[162]
[163]
[164]
Zone
Type**
m
Zone #
ar
Section
ib
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
I_____I
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
Valid Entries 001-012
Def 002
Week
|_______|_______|_______|
Valid Entries 000-005
Def 000
Day
|_______|_______|_______|
Valid Entries 000-031
Def 002
Hour
|_______|_______|_______|
Valid Entries 000-023
Def 001
Increment
|_______|_______|_______|
Valid Entries 001-002
pc
16
16
-n
|_______|_______|_______|
c-
Month
-d
s
Def 003
k/
[168] Set Clock Forward (Daylight Saving Time)
Valid Entries 000-005
Def 000
Day
|_______|_______|_______|
Valid Entries 000-031
Def 002
Hour
|_______|_______|_______|
Valid Entries 000-023
Def 001
Decrement |_______|_______|_______|
Valid Entries 001-002
clu
|_______|_______|_______|
in
Week
ne
Def 001
a-
Valid Entries 001-012
ur
|_______|_______|_______|
ta
t
Month
ila
-1
6ta
s
Def 011
sa
[169] Set Clock Back (Standard Time)
[170] PGM Output Timer
Default 005
Valid entries are 001-255 seconds
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 000-255 minutes
I____I____I____I
te
ns
Default 000
ib
[171] Tamper PGM Output Timer
Valid entries are 001-255 minutes; 000 disables automatic arming
I____I____I____I
ne
-
Default 000
ex
[175] Auto-arm Postpone Timer
Valid entries are 001-255 seconds/minutes; 000 for armed-to-armed period for Police Code
I____I____I____I
a6
Default 060
-z
o
[176] Cross Zone/Police Code Timer
Automatic Arming Schedule
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
[183] I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
[184] I_______I_______I
Friday
Saturday
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
[185] I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
[186] I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
[187] I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
[188] I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
tie
I_______I_______I
ie
/c
I_______I_______I
ct
I_______I_______I
fra
I_______I_______I
a-
an
I_______I_______I
m
I_______I_______I
/c
en
[182] I_______I_______I
Thursday
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
SC
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Wednesday
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
le
/D
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
la
Tuesday
en
tra
[181]
Monday
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
tra
Sunday
-a
la
rm
Enter a four-digit number (HH:MM) for each day that the system will Auto-Arm on each partition ([181] for Partition 1 through [188] for Partition 8). All entries are disabled (9999) by default. Valid entries are 0000-2359.
Partition
001
All
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 001-255 minutes; 000 for no pre-alert
e.
ro
Default
/a
l
ar
[190] No Activity Arming Pre-Alert Time
er
No Activity Arming Timers - Default is [000] for all partitions
Partition
ht
tp
s:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
.e
-c
ww
//
w
[191]
[192]
[193]
[194]
[195]
[196]
[197]
[198]
am
Section
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 001-255 minutes; 000 disables
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 001-255 minutes; 000 disables
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 001-255 minutes; 000 disables
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 001-255 minutes; 000 disables
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 001-255 minutes; 000 disables
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 001-255 minutes; 000 disables
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 001-255 minutes; 000 disables
I____I____I____I
Valid entries are 001-255 minutes; 000 disables
39
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[199] Auto-arming Pre-Alert Timer
Default: 004
Valid entries are 001-255 minutes
I____I____I____I
k/
Partition Programming
5
6
7
8
Partition 5 is enabled
Partition 6 is enabled
Partition 7 is enabled
Partition 8 is enabled
c-
Disabled
-d
s
Partition 4 is enabled
Disabled
Disabled
sa
4
Partition 3 is enabled
clu
3







Partition 2 is enabled
Cannot be disabled
Disabled
in
2
Disabled
ne
 Disabled
a-
1
OFF
Partition 1 is enabled
ur
ON
Disabled
ta
t
Def
ila
-1
6ta
s
Opt
pc
16
16
-n
[201] Partition Selection Mask
For the PC1864 and PC1832, the default setting is partition 1, zones 1-16 ON. For the PC1616, the default setting is partition 1, zones 1-6 ON.
[210] 1-8
te
ns
[202] 1-8
Partition 3 Zone Assignment
ib
Partition 2 Zone Assignment
[218] 1-8
[211] 9-16
[219] 9-16
[212] 17-24
[220] 17-24
[205] 25-32
[213] 25-32
[221] 25-32
[206] 33-40
[214] 33-40
[222] 33-40
[209] 57-64
[217] 57-64
[242] 1-8
[235] 9-16
[243] 9-16
[236] 17-24
[244] 17-24
[229] 25-32
[230] 33-40
[223] 41-48
[231] 41-48
[232] 49-56
[225] 57-64
[233] 57-64
Partition 7 Zone Assignment
Partition 8 Zone Assignment
[250] 1-8
[258] 1-8
[251] 9-16
[259] 9-16
[252] 17-24
[260] 17-24
en
tra
le
/D
SC
[234] 1-8
[227] 9-16
[228] 17-24
[224] 49-56
Partition 6 Zone Assignment
/c
en
Partition 5 Zone Assignment
-z
o
a6
-a
la
rm
[215] 41-48
[216] 49-56
la
tra
[207] 41-48
[208] 49-56
[226] 1-8
ex
[203] 9-16
[204] 17-24
Partition 4 Zone Assignment
ne
-
Partition 1 Zone Assignment
[245] 25-32
[253] 25-32
[261] 25-32
[246] 33-40
[254] 33-40
[262] 33-40
[239] 41-48
[247] 41-48
[255] 41-48
[263] 41-48
[240] 49-56
[248] 49-56
[256] 49-56
[264] 49-56
[241] 57-64
[249] 57-64
[257] 57-64
[265] 57-64
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
[237] 25-32
[238] 33-40
ar
m
Communications
/a
l
[301] First Telephone Number (32 Digits)
e.
ro
I__D__I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I
am
er
[302] Second Telephone Number (32 Digits)
.e
-c
I__D__I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I
ww
[303] Third Telephone Number (32 Digits)
//
w
I__D__I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I
ht
tp
s:
[304] Call Waiting Cancel String (6 Digits) - This feature is activated in [382] Option 4
I_______I_______I_______I_______I_______I_______I
Default = DB70EF Program unused digits with Hex F
40
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
All six digits must be entered for changes to be saved. Fill unused digit spaces with ‘F’.
k/
Account Codes
Section [310] System Account Code [FFFFFF]
pc
16
16
-n
Enter a 6-digit account number for the system account code. SIA will use this account code for all eight partitions. Only SIA supports
6-digit account codes. If the last two digits of the account code are FF, the panel will only use the first four digits.
I_______I_______I_______I_______I_______I_______I
[317] Partition 7 Account Number
I______I_______I_______I_______I
[318] Partition 8 Account Number
I______I_______I_______I_______I
-d
s
I______I_______I_______I_______I
sa
I______I_______I_______I_______I
[316] Partition 6 Account Number
clu
[315] Partition 5 Account Number
in
I______I_______I_______I_______I
ne
I______I_______I_______I_______I
[314] Partition 4 Account Number
a-
[313] Partition 3 Account Number
ur
I______I_______I_______I_______I
ta
t
|I______I_______I_______I_______I
[312] Partition 2 Account Number
ila
-1
6ta
s
[311] Partition 1 Account Number
c-
Enter a four-digit account number for each active partition.
All Account Number codes are defaulted to FFFF.
te
ns
ib
Reporting Codes
ex
[320]-[323] Alarm Reporting Codes, Zones 01-64
Zone 04
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 09
Zone 10
Zone 11
Zone 12
Zone 13
Zone 14
Zone 15
Zone 16
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
a6
-a
la
rm
Zone 05
Zone 06
Zone 07
Zone 08
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
-z
o
Zone 03
I_______I_______I
Zone 18
Zone 19
Zone 20
Zone 21
Zone 22
Zone 23
Zone 24
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 27
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 34
Zone 35
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
le
/D
SC
Zone 33
Zone 28
Zone 29
Zone 30
Zone 31
Zone 32
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
tra
Zone 26
I_______I_______I
/c
en
Zone 25
la
Zone 17
Zone 36
Zone 37
Zone 38
Zone 39
Zone 40
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 42
Zone 43
Zone 44
Zone 45
Zone 46
Zone 47
Zone 48
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 51
Zone 52
Zone 53
Zone 54
Zone 55
Zone 56
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 59
Zone 60
Zone 61
Zone 62
Zone 63
Zone 64
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 49
Zone 50
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 57
Zone 58
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
en
tra
Zone 41
ie
/c
[323]
Zone 02
I_______I_______I
ct
[322]
Zone 01
fra
[321]
ne
-
All Reporting Codes defaulted to FF unless otherwise indicated.
Section
[320]
ro
er
e.
I_______I_______I
Zone 17
am
I_______I_______I
Zone 05
Zone 06
Zone 07
Zone 08
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 10
Zone 11
Zone 12
Zone 13
Zone 14
Zone 15
Zone 16
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 18
Zone 19
Zone 20
Zone 21
Zone 22
Zone 23
Zone 24
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 27
Zone 28
Zone 29
Zone 30
Zone 31
Zone 32
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
.e
-c
Zone 26
I_______I_______I
Zone 33
Zone 34
Zone 35
Zone 36
Zone 37
Zone 38
Zone 39
Zone 40
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
ww
//
w
s:
ht
tp
[327]
Zone 04
I_______I_______I
Zone 25
I_______I_______I
[326]
Zone 03
I_______I_______I
/a
l
Zone 09
[325]
Zone 02
I_______I_______I
a-
I_______I_______I
m
Zone 01
ar
Section
[324]
an
tie
[324]-[327] Alarm Restoral Reporting Codes, Zones 01-64
Zone 41
Zone 42
Zone 43
Zone 44
Zone 45
Zone 46
Zone 47
Zone 48
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 49
Zone 50
Zone 51
Zone 52
Zone 53
Zone 54
Zone 55
Zone 56
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 57
Zone 58
Zone 59
Zone 60
Zone 61
Zone 62
Zone 63
Zone 64
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
41
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[328] Miscellaneous Alarm Reporting Codes
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
pc
16
16
-n
I_______I_______I
c-
I_______I_______I
-d
s
I_______I_______I
k/
Duress Alarm
Opening After Alarm
Recent Closing
Zone Expander Supervisory Alarm
Zone Expander Supervisory Restore
Cross Zone Police Code Alarm
Burglary Not Verified
Alarm Cancelled
I_______I_______I
sa
[329] Priority Alarm and Restoral
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
in
ne
aur
I_______I_______I
ta
t
I_______I_______I
ila
-1
6ta
s
I_______I_______I
clu
Keypad Fire Alarm
Keypad Auxiliary Alarm
Keypad Panic Alarm
Auxiliary Input Alarm
Keypad Fire Restoral
Keypad Auxiliary Restoral
Keypad Panic Restoral
Auxiliary Input Restore
I_______I_______I
Zone 05
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 09
Zone 10
Zone 11
Zone 12
Zone 13
Zone 14
Zone 15
Zone 16
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 17
Zone 18
Zone 19
Zone 20
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 25
Zone 26
Zone 27
Zone 28
Zone 29
Zone 30
Zone 31
Zone 32
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 33
Zone 34
Zone 35
Zone 36
Zone 37
Zone 38
Zone 39
Zone 40
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 41
Zone 42
Zone 43
Zone 44
Zone 45
Zone 46
Zone 47
Zone 48
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 49
Zone 50
Zone 51
Zone 52
Zone 53
Zone 54
Zone 55
Zone 56
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 57
Zone 58
Zone 59
Zone 60
Zone 61
Zone 62
Zone 63
Zone 64
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
ex
ne
-
-z
o
Zone 06
Zone 07
Zone 08
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 21
Zone 22
Zone 23
Zone 24
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
a6
-a
la
rm
la
tra
te
ns
Zone 04
I_______I_______I
/c
en
[333]
Zone 03
I_______I_______I
SC
[332]
Zone 02
I_______I_______I
le
/D
[331]
Zone 01
en
tra
Section
[330]
ib
[330]-[333] Tamper Reporting Codes, Zones 01-64
Zone 10
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 17
Zone 18
a-
Zone 06
Zone 07
Zone 08
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 11
Zone 12
Zone 13
Zone 14
Zone 15
Zone 16
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 20
Zone 21
Zone 22
Zone 23
Zone 24
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 27
Zone 28
Zone 29
Zone 30
Zone 31
Zone 32
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 35
Zone 36
Zone 37
Zone 38
Zone 39
Zone 40
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 41
Zone 42
Zone 43
Zone 44
Zone 45
Zone 46
Zone 47
Zone 48
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 49
Zone 50
Zone 51
Zone 52
Zone 53
Zone 54
Zone 55
Zone 56
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Zone 57
Zone 58
Zone 59
Zone 60
Zone 61
Zone 62
Zone 63
Zone 64
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
ww
.e
-c
am
Zone 34
I_______I_______I
//
w
ht
tp
s:
[337]
er
Zone 33
[336]
e.
I_______I_______I
Zone 05
I_______I_______I
Zone 26
ro
Zone 25
Zone 04
Zone 19
/a
l
I_______I_______I
Zone 03
I_______I_______I
fra
Zone 09
tie
I_______I_______I
an
Zone 02
I_______I_______I
m
[335]
Zone 01
ar
Section
[334]
ct
ie
/c
[334]-[337] Tamper Restoral Reporting Codes, Zones 01-64
42
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
General System Tamper
I_______I_______I
General System Tamper Rest.
I_______I_______I
Keypad Lockout
pc
16
16
-n
I_______I_______I
k/
[338] Miscellaneous Tamper Reporting Codes
Code 3
Code 4
Code 5
Code 6
Code 7
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 9
Code 10
Code 11
Code 12
Code 13
Code 14
Code 15
Code 16
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 17
Code 18
Code 19
Code 20
Code 21
Code 22
Code 23
Code 24
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 25
Code 26
Code 27
Code 28
Code 29
Code 30
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
sa
clu
in
ne
a-
a6
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
te
ns
I___0__I__0__I
I_______I_______I
ex
I_______I_______I
Code 32
ne
-
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 31
-z
o
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
ib
For Future Use
For Future Use
For Future Use
For Future Use
Automatic Zone Bypass
Partial Closing
Special Closing
Late to Close
Exit Fault
I_______I_______I
Code 8
ila
-1
6ta
s
[341] Miscellaneous Closing (Arming) Reporting Codes
c-
Code 2
I_______I_______I
ur
[340]
Code 1
ta
t
Section
[339]
-d
s
[339]-[340] Closing (Arming) Reporting Codes, Access Codes 1-32
Code 3
Code 4
Code 5
Code 6
Code 7
Code 8
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 9
Code 10
Code 11
Code 12
Code 13
Code 14
Code 15
Code 16
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 17
Code 18
Code 19
Code 20
Code 21
Code 22
Code 23
Code 24
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 25
Code 26
Code 27
Code 28
Code 29
Code 30
Code 31
Code 32
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
SC
/c
en
tra
la
Code 2
I_______I_______I
le
/D
[343]
Code 1
en
tra
Section
[342]
-a
la
rm
[342]-[343] Opening (Disarming) Reporting Codes, Access Codes 1-32
ie
/c
[344] Miscellaneous Opening (Disarming) Reporting Codes
ct
I_________I_________I For Future Use
fra
I_________I_________I For Future Use
tie
I_________I_________I For Future Use
an
I_________I_________I For Future Use
m
a-
I_________I_________I For Future Use
ar
I_________I_________I Auto Arm Cancellation/Postpone
ro
/a
l
I_________I_________I Special Opening
[346] Maintenance Restoral Reporting Codes
I_________I_________I
I_________I_________I
Battery Trouble Restoral
am
er
Battery Trouble Alarm
I_________I_________I
AC Failure Trouble Restoral
I_________I_________I
Bell Circuit Trouble Alarm
I_________I_________I
Bell Circuit Trouble Restoral
I_________I_________I
Fire Trouble Alarm
I_________I_________I
Fire Trouble Restoral
I_________I_________I
Auxiliary Power Supply Trouble Alarm
I_________I_________I
Auxiliary Power Supply Trouble Restoral
I_________I_________I
TLM Trouble Code
I_________I_________I
TLM Restoral
I_________I_________I
General System Trouble
I_________I_________I
General System Trouble Restoral
I_________I_________I
General System Supervisory
I_________I_________I
General System Supervisory Restoral
I_________I_________I
For Future Use
I_________I_________I
Cold Start
AC Failure Trouble Alarm
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
I_________I_________I
e.
[345] Maintenance Alarm Reporting Codes
43
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[348] Test Transmission Reporting Codes
I_________I_________I
Telephone Number 1 FTC Restore
I_________I_________I Walk Test End
I_________I_________I
Telephone Number 2 FTC Restore
I_________I_________I Walk Begin
I_________I_________I
Event Buffer 75% Full Since Last Upload
I_________I_________I Periodic Test Transmission with Trouble
I____0___I___0___I
DLS Lead IN
I_________I_________I Periodic Test Transmission
I____0___I___0___I
DLS Lead OUT
I_________I_________I System Test
I_________I_________I
Zone Fault Alarm
I_________I_________I For Future Use
I_________I_________I
Zone Fault Restore
I_________I_________I
Delinquency Code
I_________I_________I
General Zone Low Battery Alarm
I_________I_________I
General Zone Low Battery Restoral
I____0___I___0___I
Installer Lead Out
I____0___I___0___I
Installer Lead In
PC5700 Ground Fault Restore
I_________I_________I
PC5700 TLM Line 1 Trouble
I_________I_________I
PC5700 TLM Line 1 Restore
I_________I_________I
PC5700 TLM Line 2 Trouble
I_________I_________I
PC5700 TLM Line 2 Restore
te
ns
ex
ne
-z
o
a6
[350] Communicator Format Options
I_I_____I_______I 1st Telephone Number
-a
la
rm
04
04
I_I_____I_______I 2nd Telephone Number
SIA FSK
**Failure to communicate using Residential Dial will not generate a Failed To Communicate Trouble.
08 10 BPS, 2300Hz handshake
09-13 For Future Use
tra
/c
en
20 BPS, 2300 HZ handshake
la
DTMF CONTACT ID
05 Pager
06 Residential Dial**
07 10 BPS, 1400Hz handshake
20 BPS, 1400 HZ handshake
SC
01
02
03
04
c-d
s
sa
clu
in
ne
ata
t
ur
PC5700 Ground Fault Trouble
I_________I_________I
ib
I_________I_________I
ila
-1
6ta
s
[349] PC5700 Maintenance Reporting Codes (only available in Canada)
Default
pc
16
16
-n
k/
[347] Miscellaneous Maintenance Reporting
Codes
Option 3
Not Used
(Def OFF)
Option 4
Not Used
(Def OFF)
Option 5
Alt Comm
(Def ON)
Options 6,7,8
Future Use
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
ie
/c
ct
fra
tie
an
a-
ar
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
en
tra
Option 2
2nd Telephone
Number (Def OFF)
/a
l
[351]
[352]
[353]
[354]
[355]
[356]
[357]
[358]
Option 1
1st Telephone
Number (Def ON)
m
Section Partition
le
/D
Call Direction Options
[351]-[358] Alarm/Restore Communicator Call Directions
ro
[359]-[366] Tamper/Restore Communicator Call Directions
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Option 3
Not Used
(Def OFF)
Option 4
Not Used
(Def OFF)
Option 5
Alt Comm
(Def ON)
Options 6,7,8
Future Use
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
.e
-c
ww
//
w
s:
ht
tp
Option 2
2nd Telephone
Number (Def OFF)
e.
[359]
[360]
[361]
[362]
[363]
[364]
[365]
[366]
Option 1
1st Telephone
Number (Def ON)
er
Partition
am
Section
44
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
[367]-[374] Opening/Closing Communicator Call Directions
Option 1
Option 2
1st Telephone
2nd Telephone
Number (Def OFF) Number (Def OFF)
Option 3
Not Used
(Def OFF)
Option 4
Not Used
(Def OFF)
Option 5
Alt Comm
(Def OFF)
Options 6,7,8
Future Use
k/
Section Partition
1
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[368]
2
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[369]
3
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[370]
4
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[371]
5
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[372]
6
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[373]
7
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[374]
8
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
c-d
s
sa
clu
in
ne
I________I
ur
a-
I________I
ila
-1
6ta
s
Option 5
Alt Comm
(Def ON)
Options 6,7,8
Future Use
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
Option 4
Not Used
(Def OFF)
Option 5
Alt Comm
(Def ON)
Options 6,7,8
Future Use
I________I
I________I
I________I
ib
Option 4
Not Used
(Def OFF)
I________I
I________I
te
ns
I________I
ex
Option 3
Not Used
(Def OFF)
ne
-
Option 2
2nd Telephone
Number (Def OFF)
a6
-z
o
Option 1
1st Telephone
Number (Def ON)
[377] Communication Variables
001-014 Transmissions; 000=disabled
001-014 Transmissions; 000=disabled
001-014 Transmissions; 000=disabled
000-255 seconds
001-255 hours/minutes**; 000=disabled
No. of checks required - valid entries 003 - 255
001-255 days/minutes***
000-255 days
000-255 days/hours****
000-255 minutes
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
The values in gray are required for CP-01 compliant systems.
Default
003
I___0__I_0__I___1___I
Swinger Shutdown (Alarms and Rest)
I___0__I__0__I__3___I
Swinger Shutdown (Tampers and Rest)
003
I___0__I__0__I___3__I
Swinger Shutdown (Maintenance and Rest)
003
000
I___0__I__3__I___0__I
Communication Delay*
I___0__I__3__I___0__I
AC Failure Communication Delay
030
I___0__I__1__I___0__I
TLM Trouble Delay
010
030
I___0__I__3__I___0__I
Test Transmission Cycle (land line)
I___0__I__3__I___0__I
For Future Use
030
I___0__I__0__I___7__I
Zone Low Battery Transmission Delay
007
030
I___0__I__3__I___0__I
Delinquency Transmission Cycle
I___0__I__0__I___5__I
Communications Cancelled Window
000
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
* For UL installations, the Entry Delay plus Communication Delay time must not exceed 60 seconds.
**Dependent on programming in [382], Option [6].
***Dependent on programming in [702], Option [3].
****Dependent on programming in [380], Option [8].
e.
ro
[378] Test Transmission Time of Day
er
.e
-c
am
I_______I_______I_______I_______I Valid entries are 0000-2359 (9999 to disable)
ww
[379] Periodic DLS Time of Day
Default
I_______I_______I_______I_______I Valid entries are 0000-2359 (9999 for Random; FFFF to disable)
ht
tp
s:
//
w
I________I
Option 3
Not Used
(Def OFF)
[376]
FFFF
I________I
Option 2
2nd Telephone
Number (Def OFF)
[376] System Test Transmissions Communicator Call Directions
Default
9999
I________I
Option 1
1st Telephone
Number (Def ON)
[375]
Section Partition
I________I
ta
t
[375] System Maintenance Communicator Call Directions
Section Partition
pc
16
16
-n
[367]
45
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[380] First Communicator Options
OFF
1
 2
Restorals on Bell Time-out
 Restorals Follow Zones
3
Pulse Dialing
 DTMF Dialing
4
Switch to Pulse Dialing on 5th Attempt
 DTMF Dial For All Attempts
5
3rd Telephone Number Enabled
 3rd Telephone Number Disabled
6
Alternate Dial (1st & 3rd)
 Call 1st Number, Back up to 3rd
7
For Future Use
 8
Delinquency Follows Zone Activity (Hours)
 ur
ta
t
ON
OFF
ila
-1
6ta
s
Def
pc
16
16
-n
clu
in
ne
Delinquency Follows Arming (Days)
[381] Second Communicator Options
Opt
k/
Communications Disabled
a-
Communications Enabled
c-
ON
-d
s
Def
sa
Opt
Open After Alarm Keypad Ringback Enabled
 Open After Alarm Keypad Ringback Disabled
2
Open After Alarm Bell Ringback Enabled
 Open After Alarm Bell Ringback Disabled
3
SIA Sends Programmed Reporting Codes
 SIA Sends Automatic Reporting Codes
4
Closing Confirmation Enabled
 Closing Confirmation Disabled
5
 Talk/Listen on Phone Lines 1/3
6
 Talk/Listen on Phone Line 2
7
Contact ID Uses Programmed Reporting Codes
 Contact ID Uses Automatic Reporting Codes
8
ULC Communications Priority Enabled
 ULC Communications Priority Disabled/Standard Priority
Followed
6
7
-a
la
rm
a6
te
ns
ex
ne
-
-z
o
No Talk/Listen on Phone Line 2
tra
SC
le
/D
T-Link Interface Enabled
AC Failure Transmission Delay is in Hours
Number of Dialing Attempt for Residential Dial is 1
For Future Use
OFF








Alarm Communications Disabled During Walk Test
Communication Cancelled Message Disabled
Call Waiting Cancel Disabled
T-Link Interface Disabled
AC Failure Transmission Delay is in Minutes
Residential Dial Follows Dialing Attempts Counter
a-
8
en
tra
5
Call Waiting Cancel Enabled**
ie
/c
4
Communication Cancelled Message Enabled (ON for SIA CP-01)
ct
3
fra
2
Alarm Communications Enabled During Walk Test*
tie
1
/c
en
ON
For Future Use
an
Def
No Talk/Listen on Phone Lines 1/3
la
[382] Third Communicator Options
Opt
ib
1
/a
l
ar
m
*This option must remain OFF for SIA CP-01 installations.
** A Call Waiting Cancel on a non-Call Waiting line will prevent successful connection to the central station.
 Account Code Follows Phone Number
Account Code Follows Partition
 For Future Use
ww
2-8
er
1
OFF
e.
ON
am
Def
.e
-c
Opt
ro
[383] Fourth Communicator Options
//
w
[389] TL/GS Module Fault Check Timer
ht
tp
s:
Default: 003 I_______I_______I_______I Enter no. of checks X 3 seconds - valid entries 002 to 255
46
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
DLS Downloading
k/
[401] Downloading Option Codes
Def
ON
1
Answering Machine/Double Call enabled
 Answering Machine/Double Call disabled
User Can Enable DLS Window
 User Cannot Enable DLS Window
Call Back enabled
 Call Back disabled
User Initiated Call Up enabled
 User Initiated Call Up disabled
Auto Event Buffer Upload enabled
 Auto Event Buffer Upload disabled
300 Baud Call Up
 110 Baud Call Up
For Future Use
 7-8
c-d
s
sa
clu
in
6
ne
5
a-
4
ur
3
ta
t
2
OFF
pc
16
16
-n
Opt
ila
-1
6ta
s
[402] DLS Downloading Telephone Number (32 Digits)
|____D___|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|
[403]-[404] DLS Downloading Access Code / Panel ID Code (Enter 6 Hexadecimal Digits)
Default
[403] Downloading Access Code
PC1616
161600
|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|
PC1832
183200
|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|
PC1864
186400
|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|
te
ns
ex
ne
-
[404] Panel ID Code
|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|
|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|
-z
o
|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|_______|
[406] Number of Rings to Answer On
a6
[405] Answering Machine Double Call Timer
ib
Panel
Default 000 I_______I_______I_______I (000-255 rings)
-a
la
rm
Default 060 I_______I_______I_______I (001-255 seconds)
[499] Initiate PC-Link Downloading
tra
[501]- [554] Programmable Output Attributes
la
Enter [499][Installer Code][499]
3
True
Output
Inverted
ie
/c
2
Not
used
—
4
Follows
Timer
On / Off
5
Code Req.
No Code
Req.
Y
fra
ct
PGM Option
[01] Residential Burglary / Fire Bell Output
[02] For Future Use
[03] Sensor Reset [][7][2]
[04] 2-Wire Smoke Support (PGM2 only)
[05] System Armed Status
[06] Ready To Arm
[07] Keypad Buzzer Follower Mode
[08] Courtesy Pulse
[11] System Tamper (all sources)
[12] TLM and Alarm
[13] Kiss-off Output
[14] Ground Start Pulse
[15] Remote Operation (DLS Support)
[16] For Future Use
[17] Away Armed Status
[18] Stay Armed Status
[19] Command Output #1, [][7][1]
[20] Command Output #2, [][7][2]
[21] Command Output #3, [][7][3]
[22] Command Output #4, [][7][4]
en
tra
OFF
1
Not
used
—
SC
ON
le
/D
Attribute:
/c
en
Program only the following attributes for the PGM options listed. All others will be ignored. PGM options are programmed in [009], [010] & [011]. PGM
Attribute Defaults (Y = Attribute ON; N = Attribute OFF; Blank = Attribute not available):
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
47
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
6
Not
used
—
7
Not
used
—
8
Not
used
—
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
2
3
k/
4
5
6
7
8
-d
s
1
c-
Y
sa
Attribute:
PGM Option
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
pc
16
16
-n
[23] 24-hr Silent Input (PGM2 only)
[24] 24-hr Audible Input (PGM2 only)
[25] Delayed Burglary & Fire Output
[26] Battery Test Output
[28] Holdup Output
[30] Partition Status Alarm Memory Output
[33] For Future Use
[34] Away Armed with no Zone Bypassed Status
Serv. req.
AC Fail
TLM Fault
FTC
Zone Fault
Zone Tmp.
Zn. Low Bat.
Loss of Clock
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
ON
Burg. Evnt.
Fire Evnt.
Panic Evnt.
Med. Evnt.
Supv. Evnt.
Priority
Evnt.
OFF
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
ON
Fire Alarm
Panic Alarm
Burglary
Alarm
Open/Close
OFF
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
N
N
N
Future Use
Future Use
True Output
ON
OFF
Disabled
Latched
Y
Y
N
Zone Auto
Bypass
Medical
Alarm
Police Code
Active When
true
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Latched
N
N
N
N
N
Future Use
Future Use
Future Use
Future Use
AND Logic
N
N
N
3
4
5
-z
o
2
N
a-
ur
ta
t
ila
-1
6ta
s
OR Logic
6
a6
1
Y
7
N
8
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
tra
la
I________I
/c
en
Section PGM
Output
#
Type*
Main Board
[501]
1
(
)
[502]
2
(
)
Main Board / PC5208
[503] **
3
(
)
[504] **
4
(
)
N
-a
la
rm
N
ne
-
Inverted
[29], [35]-[41] Zone
Follower
in
Disabled
ne
Follows
Timer*
ib
[31] Alternate
Communicator
Y
Holdup
Evnt.
te
ns
[10] System Event
Y
ex
[09] System Trouble
clu
ON
OFF
I________I
8
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
*Record here based on programming in [009], [010] and [011].
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
ct
tie
an
I________I
I________I
er
am
I________I
a-
)
)
)
)
I________I
ar
(
(
(
(
4
/a
l
11
12
13
14
3
I________I
ro
)
)
)
)
)
)
e.
(
(
(
(
(
(
2
ie
/c
7
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
fra
Output
Type*
m
6
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
PC5208
[505]
[506]
[507]
[508]
[509]
[510]
PC5204
[511]
[512]
[513]
[514]
PGM
#
.e
-c
Section
en
tra
le
/D
SC
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
*Record here based on programming in [009], [010] and [011].
** These sections allow you to program both PGM3 and PGM4 on the main panel, and the first two PGM outputs on the PC5208. If you use both the main
panel and the PC5208 outputs, PGM3 will work identically to the first PC5208 output, and PGM4 will work identically to the second PC5208 output.
48
5
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
PGM Output Partition Assignment
3
a6
2
Zone 2
Zone 9
Zone 10
[36] Zone Follower (17-24)
Zone 17
Zone 18
[37] Zone Follower (25-32)
Zone 25
Zone 26
[38] Zone Follower (33-40)
Zone 33
[39] Zone Follower (41-48)
Zone 41
[40] Zone Follower (49-56)
Zone 49
[41] Zone Follower (57-64)
Zone 57
4
5
6
7
8
Zone 3
Zone 4
Zone 5
Zone 6
Zone 7
Zone 8
Zone 11
Zone 12
Zone 13
Zone 14
Zone 15
Zone 16
Zone 19
Zone 20
Zone 21
Zone 22
Zone 23
Zone 24
Zone 27
Zone 28
Zone 29
Zone 30
Zone 31
Zone 32
Zone 34
Zone 35
Zone 36
Zone 37
Zone 38
Zone 39
Zone 40
Zone 42
Zone 43
Zone 44
Zone 45
Zone 46
Zone 47
Zone 48
Zone 50
Zone 51
Zone 52
Zone 53
Zone 54
Zone 55
Zone 56
Zone 58
Zone 59
Zone 60
Zone 61
Zone 62
Zone 63
Zone 64
la
Zone 1
en
tra
le
/D
SC
tra
[29] Zone Follower (1-8)
[35] Zone Follower (9-16)
-a
la
rm
1
/c
en
Option:
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
pc
16
16
-n
k/
Section PGM Partition: 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
#
Main Board
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[551]
1
[552]
2
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
Main Board / PC5208
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[553]
3
[554]
4
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
PC5208
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[555]
5
[556]
6
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[557]
7
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[558]
8
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[559]
9
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[560]
10
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
PC5204
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[561]
11
[562]
12
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[563]
13
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
[564]
14
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
I________I
Zone Follower PGM Zone Assignment
If a Zone Follower PGM type 29, 35-41 is used, the PGM Output Partition Assignment will be treated as a PGM Output Zone Assignment. Each
Zone Follower PGM applies to a different bank of zones, as in the following table. Record the assignments above.
ie
/c
Extended Reporting Codes
tie
Code 34
I_______I_______I
Code 41
Code 42
a-
an
I_______I_______I
e.
ro
Code 57
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 45
Code 46
Code 47
Code 48
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 52
Code 53
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 58
Code 59
Code 60
Code 61
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 67
Code 68
Code 69
er
Code 40
Code 44
Code 66
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 73
Code 74
Code 75
Code 76
Code 77
.e
-c
Code 39
I_______I_______I
Code 65
ww
//
w
ht
tp
s:
[604]
Code 38
Code 43
I_______I_______I
am
[603]
Code 37
Code 51
/a
l
I_______I_______I
Code 36
I_______I_______I
ar
Code 49
Code 35
Code 50
m
I_______I_______I
[602]
fra
Section
Code 33
[601]
ct
[601]-[604] Closing (Arming) Reporting Codes, Access Codes 33-95
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 81
Code 82
Code 83
Code 84
Code 85
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 89
Code 90
Code 91
Code 92
Code 93
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
49
Code 54
I_______I_______I
Code 62
I_______I_______I
Code 70
I_______I_______I
Code 78
I_______I_______I
Code 86
I_______I_______I
Code 94
I_______I_______I
Code 55
I_______I_______I
Code 63
I_______I_______I
Code 71
I_______I_______I
Code 79
I_______I_______I
Code 87
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 56
I_______I_______I
Code 64
I_______I_______I
Code 72
I_______I_______I
Code 80
I_______I_______I
Code 88
I_______I_______I
Code 95
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
[605]-[608] Opening (Disarming) Reporting Codes, Access Codes 33-95
Code 44
Code 45
Code 46
Code 47
Code 48
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 52
Code 53
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 57
Code 58
Code 54
Code 60
Code 61
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 66
Code 67
Code 68
Code 69
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 73
Code 74
Code 75
Code 76
Code 77
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 81
Code 82
Code 83
Code 84
Code 85
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 62
Code 63
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 70
Code 71
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 78
Code 79
I_______I_______I
Code 86
Code 89
Code 90
Code 91
Code 92
Code 93
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 87
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Automatic Disarming Schedule
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 94
I_______I_______I
Code 56
-d
s
Code 59
I_______I_______I
I_______I_______I
Code 55
pc
16
16
-n
I_______I_______I
Code 51
I_______I_______I
c-
I_______I_______I
Code 40
k/
I_______I_______I
Code 43
Code 50
Code 65
[608]
I_______I_______I
Code 49
I_______I_______I
[607]
Code 39
I_______I_______I
sa
I_______I_______I
Code 38
I_______I_______I
clu
I_______I_______I
[606]
Code 37
I_______I_______I
in
Code 42
Code 36
I_______I_______I
ne
Code 41
Code 35
a-
I_______I_______I
ur
Code 34
I_______I_______I
ta
t
Code 33
ila
-1
6ta
s
Section
[605]
Code 64
I_______I_______I
Code 72
I_______I_______I
Code 80
I_______I_______I
Code 88
I_______I_______I
Code 95
I_______I_______I
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
ne
-
I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______II_______I______I: I_______I_______I
-z
o
I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______II_______I______I: I_______I_______I
a6
I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______II_______I______I: I_______I_______I
I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______II_______I______I: I_______I_______I
-a
la
rm
I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______II_______I______I: I_______I_______I
I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______II_______I______I: I_______I_______I
la
I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______II_______I______I: I_______I_______I
tra
I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______I I_______I______I: I_______I_______II_______I______I: I_______I_______I
/c
en
[681]
[682]
[683]
[684]
[685]
[686]
[687]
[688]
Monday
ex
Sunday
te
ns
ib
Enter a four-digit number (HH:MM) for each day that the system will auto-disarm for each partition ([681] for Partition 1 through [688] for Partition
8). Valid entries are 0000-2359. All entries are disabled (9999) by default.
Auto-Disarm Holiday Schedule
Holiday 1
Holiday 2
Holiday 3
en
tra
[691]
le
/D
SC
Enter a six-digit number (MM:DD:YY) for each day that the system will skip auto-disarm for each partition ([691] for Partition 1 through [698] for
Partition 8). Program [99][99][99] to disable Auto-Disarm schedule. All entries are disabled by default.
Holiday 4
Holiday 5
Holiday 6
Holiday 7
Holiday 8
ie
/c
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
Holiday 9
Holiday 10
Holiday 11
Holiday 12
Holiday 13
Holiday 14
[692]
Holiday 2
tie
Holiday 1
fra
ct
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
Holiday 3
Holiday 4
Holiday 5
Holiday 6
Holiday 7
a-
an
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
Holiday 9
Holiday 10
Holiday 11
Holiday 12
Holiday 13
Holiday 14
ar
m
Holiday 8
[693]
ro
/a
l
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
Holiday 2
Holiday 3
Holiday 4
Holiday 5
Holiday 6
Holiday 7
e.
Holiday 1
am
er
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
.e
-c
Holiday 8
Holiday 9
Holiday 10
Holiday 11
Holiday 12
Holiday 13
Holiday 14
Holiday 1
//
w
[694]
ww
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
Holiday 2
Holiday 3
Holiday 4
Holiday 5
Holiday 6
Holiday 7
ht
tp
s:
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
Holiday 8
Holiday 9
Holiday 10
Holiday 11
Holiday 12
Holiday 13
Holiday 14
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
50
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
[695]
Holiday 1
Holiday 2
Holiday 3
Holiday 4
Holiday 5
Holiday 6
Holiday 7
Holiday 9
Holiday 10
Holiday 11
Holiday 12
Holiday 13
Holiday 14
pc
16
16
-n
Holiday 8
k/
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
[696]
Holiday 1
Holiday 2
Holiday 3
Holiday 4
Holiday 5
Holiday 6
Holiday 7
Holiday 8
Holiday 9
Holiday 10
Holiday 11
-d
s
c-
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
Holiday 12
Holiday 13
Holiday 14
Holiday 1
Holiday 2
Holiday 3
Holiday 4
Holiday 5
Holiday 6
in
[697]
clu
sa
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
Holiday 7
Holiday 10
Holiday 11
Holiday 12
ur
Holiday 9
Holiday 13
Holiday 14
ta
t
Holiday 8
a-
ne
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
[698]
Holiday 1
Holiday 2
Holiday 3
ila
-1
6ta
s
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
Holiday 4
Holiday 5
Holiday 6
Holiday 7
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
Holiday 9
Holiday 10
Holiday 11
Holiday 12
Holiday 13
ib
Holiday 8
Holiday 14
te
ns
I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________I I_________:__________:__________II_________:__________:__________I
ne
-
ex
INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMMING
-z
o
[700] Automatic Clock Adjust
Default = 60 |________|_________| Valid Entries 00-99 Seconds
4
5
6
7
8
-a
la
rm
la
tra
AC/DC Arming Inhibit Enabled
All System Tampers Require Installer Reset
6-digit User Access Codes
Busy Tone Detection Enabled
High Current Battery Charge
DLS/Audio has no priority
/c
en
3
Time Base - Internal Crystal
SC
2
50 Hz AC
le
/D
ON
en
tra
Def
1
ie
/c
Opt
a6
[701] First International Options








OFF
60 Hz AC
Time Base - AC Line
AC/DC Arming Inhibit Disabled
All System Tampers Follow Restore
4-digit User Access Codes
Busy Tone Detection Disabled
Standard Current Battery Discharge
DLS/Audio has priority
4
5
tie
an
a-
m
1600 Hz Handshake
ID Tone Enabled
2100 Hz ID Tone
.e
-c
6
Land Line Test Transmission in Minutes
ar
3
/a
l
2
7
 One-Time 1-hr User Enabled DLS Window
Bell on FTC when Armed






//
w
ww
8
OFF
Force Dialing Enabled
ro
 e.
1
ON
Pulse Dialing Make/Break Ratio is 33/67
er
Def
am
Opt
fra
ct
[702] Second International Options
ht
tp
s:
[703] Delay Between Dialing Attempts
Default = 003 |________|_________|_________| Valid Entries 000-255 sec.
51
Pulse Dialing Make/Break Ratio is 40/60
Force Dialing Disabled
Land Line Test Transmission in Days
Standard Handshake
ID Tone Disabled
1300 Hz ID Tone
Full 6-hr User Enabled DLS Window
FTC Trouble only when Armed
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Module Programming
[801] PC5400 Printer Module Programming
k/
Refer to the PC5400 Installation Manual for installation and programming instructions.
pc
16
16
-n
[802] PC59xx VOX Module Programming
Refer to the PC59xx Installation Manual for installation and programming instructions.
[804] Wireless Expansion Programming
c-
Refer to the RF5132/RFK55xx Installation Manual for programming locations and instructions.
-d
s
[805] PC5100 Programming
sa
Refer to the PC5100 Installation Manual for programming locations and instructions.
clu
[851] TL/GS Module Programming
in
Refer to the TL/GS Installation Manual for programming locations and instructions.
a-
ne
Special Installer Functions
ta
t
ur
[898] Wireless Enrollment
ila
-1
6ta
s
[899] Template Programming
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
[900] Panel Version Displayed
[901] Installer Walk Test Mode Enable/Disable
[902] Module Supervision Reset
[903] Module Supervision Field
[904] Wireless Module Placement Test
[905] - [909] For Future Use
[989] Default Master Code
[990][Installer Code][990] Installer Lockout Enable
[991][Installer Code][991] Installer Lockout Disable
[992] For Future Use
[993][Installer Code][993] Restore Alternate Communicator to Default Programming
[994] For Future Use
[995][Installer Code][995] Restore Escort5580 to Default Programming
[996][Installer Code][996] Restore RF5132 to Default Programming
[997][Installer Code][997] Restore PC5400 to Default Programming
[998][Installer Code][998] Restore PC59xx to Default Programming
[999][Installer Code][999] Restore Control Panel to Default Programming
52
Chapter 5 Programming Worksheets
For the Record
k/
Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
pc
16
16
-n
Address: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone: ______________________________________________ Installation Date: ___________________________________________
-d
s
c-
Installer’s Code: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________
clu
sa
Module Name Description Location
Main Panel
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
I________________________________I
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
I________________________________I
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
I________________________________I
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
I________________________________I
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
I________________________________I
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
I________________________________I
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
I________________________________I
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
I________________________________I
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
Keypads
Keypad Type
Location
Keypad 1
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
Keypad 2
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
Keypad 3
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
Keypad 4
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
Keypad 5
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
Keypad 6
I____________________I
Keypad 7
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
Keypad 8
I____________________I
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
-z
o
a6
-a
la
rm
la
tra
/c
en
SC
I_____________________________________________________________________________________________I
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
53
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Zone Programming Summary
Zone
Type
System
Zone
Zone
Type
Zone Label
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 33
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 2
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 34
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 3
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 35
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 4
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 36
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 5
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 37
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 6
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 38
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 7
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 39
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 8
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 40
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 9
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 41
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 10 I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 42
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 43
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 12 I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 44
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 45
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 14 I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 46
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 15
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 47
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 16
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 48
Zone 17 I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 49
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 50
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 19 I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 51
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 52
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 53
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 20
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
-d
s
sa
clu
in
ne
a-
ur
ta
t
ila
-1
6ta
s
ib
te
ns
ex
-z
o
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 55
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 56
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 25 I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 57
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 26
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 58
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 27
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 59
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 28 I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 60
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 61
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 30 I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 62
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 63
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 64
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
SC
le
/D
en
tra
ie
/c
an
Zone 31
tie
fra
Zone 29
ct
Zone 24
tra
Zone 54
Zone 23 I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
Zone 22
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
/c
en
Zone 21 I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
a6
Zone 18
-a
la
rm
Zone 13
la
Zone 11
c-
Zone 1
ne
-
Zone Label
pc
16
16
-n
System
Zone
k/
Zone programming can be found in sections [001] - [004], [101] - [164], [020], [202] - [265]. Use this area to record a summary of your zone programming.
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
Zone 32 I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I_____I I_____I_____I
54
Appendix A: Reporting Codes
Appendix A: Reporting Codes
k/
The following tables contain Contact ID and Automatic SIA format reporting codes. For more information on reporting code formats and notes
about individual reporting codes, see programming sections [320]-[349] and [601]-[608].
pc
16
16
-n
Contact ID
c-
The first digit (in parentheses) will automatically be sent by the control. The second two digits are programmed to indicate specific information
about the signal. For example, if zone 1 is an entry/exit point, you could program the event code as [34]. The central station would receive the following: *BURG - ENTRY/EXIT - 1 where the “1” indicates which zone went into alarm.
-d
s
SIA Format - Level 2 (hard coded)
a-
ne
BA = Burglary Alarm
01 = Zone 1
ur
N Ri01 = BA 01
N = New Event
Ri01 = Partition /Area Identifier
in
clu
sa
The SIA communication format used in this product follows the level 2 specifications of the SIA Digital Communication Standard - October
1997. This format will send the Account Code along with its data transmission. The transmission will look similar to the following at the receiver:
NOTE: A system event will use the Area Identifier Ri00.
ila
-1
6ta
s
Dialer
Direction
*
Code Sent When...
[328]
Alarm Cancelled
[329]
[F] Key Alarm/Restoral
[329]
[A] Key Alarm/Restoral
[329]
[P] Key Alarm/Restoral
[329]
Aux Input Alarm/Rest
Zone goes into alarm
Alarm condition has been restored
Duress code entered at keypad
System disarmed with alarm in memory
Alarm occurs within two minutes of system arming
Panel loses/restores supervisory transmission over the Keybus from
zone expansion modules, or keypads with zone inputs
Two zones on the same partition go into alarm during any given
armed-to-armed period (incl. 24Hr zones)
This event is transmitted when a second cross-zone alarm does not
occur within the cross-zoning time
Sent when the system is disarmed after an alarm, but before the
expiry of the alarm cancellation timer
Keypad fire alarm/restore (alarm and restore rep. codes sent
together)
Keypad auxiliary alarm/restore (alarm and restore rep. codes sent
together)
Keypad panic alarm/restore (alarm and restore rep. codes sent
together)
Option#23/24: a panic button wired to PGM 2 is pressed/access
code is entered
Option #04: a 2-wire smoke detector wired to PGM 2 goes into
alarm/alarm is cleared
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
[328]
Zone Alarms
Zone Restorals
Duress Alarm
Opening After Alarm
Recent Closing
Zone Expander Supervisory
Alarm/Rest.
Cross Zone (Police Code)
Alarm
Burglary Not Verified
[330]-[337]
Zone Tamper/Restoral
Zone is tampered / tamper condition restored
T/R
[338]
[338]
General System Tamper/
Rest.
Keypad Lockout
[339-341]
[341]
[341]
Closings
Partial Closing
Special Closing
[341]
[341]
[341]
[342-344]
[344]
[344]
Late to Close
Exit Fault
Zone Bypass
Openings
Auto-arm Cancellation
Special Opening
[345]-[346]
Enrolled module with tamper inputs has a tamper alarm/all module
tampers restored
Max. number of incorrect access codes has been entered at a
keypad
System armed (user 01-32 indicated)
One or more zones bypassed when system armed
Closing (arming) using one of the following methods: quick arm, auto
arm, keyswitch, function key, maintenance code, DLS software,
wireless key
Whenever the Auto-arm prealert sounds (if the Late to Close option is enabled)
The Exit Fault pre-alert occurs and Entry Delay expires
Zone is bypassed
System disarmed (user 01-32 indicated)
Auto-arm cancelled
Opening (disarming) using one of the following methods: keyswitch,
maintenance code, DLS software, wireless key
PC1616/PC1832/PC1864 battery is low/battery restored
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
te
ns
ex
ne
-
-z
o
a6
-a
la
rm
la
tra
/c
en
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
[328]
SC
[320]-[323]
[324]-[327]
[328]
[328]
[328]
[328]
ib
Reporting Code
.e
-c
Section #
ta
t
Table 1: Reporting Codes/
AC Line Trouble/Rest.
[345]-[346]
Bell Circuit Trouble/Rest.
[345]-[346]
Fire Trouble/Rest.
[345]-[346]
Auxiliary Power Trouble/Rest. Aux voltage supply trouble/restoral
s:
//
w
[345]-[346]
ht
tp
ww
Battery Trouble/Rest.
AC power to control panel is disconnected or interrupted/AC power
restored (Both codes follow AC Failure Comm. Delay.)
Open or short circuit detected across bell terminals/bell circuit
restored
Trouble occurs/restores on a fire zone
55
Automatic
Contact ID
Codes
SIA Auto
Rep Codes**
See
Tables 2 & 3
See Table 3
HA-00
OR-00
CR-00
UA-00/UH-00
A/R
E(1)21-000
E(4)58-000
E(4)59-UUU
E(1)43-000/
R(1)43-000
E(1)39-000
A/R
E(3)78-000
BG-00
A/R
E(4)A6-UUU
BC-00
A/R
FA-00/FH-00
T/R
E(1)1A-000/
R(1)1A-000
E(1)AA-000/
R(1)AA-000
E(1)2A-000/
R(1)2A-000
E(1)4A-000/
R(1)4A-000
E(1)11-000/
R(1)11-000
E(3)83-ZZZ/
R(3)83-ZZZ
E(1)45-000/
R(1)45-000
E(4)61-000
JA-00
O/C
O/C
O/C
R(4)A1-UUU
E(4)56-000
R(4)AA-000
CL-UU
CG-00
CL-00
O/C
O/C
O/C
O/C
O/C
O/C
R(4)54-000
E(3)74-ZZZ
E(5)7A-ZZZ
E(4)A1-UUU
E(4)55-000
E(4)AA-000
CI-00
EE-00
UB-ZZ
OP-UU
CI-00
OP-00
MA/R
E(3)A2-000/
R(3)A2-000
E(3)A1-000/
R(3)A1-000
E(3)21-000/
R(3)21-000
E(3)73-000/
R(3)73-000
E(3)12-000/
R(3)12-000
YT-00/YR-00
A/R
A/R
A/R
A/R
T/R
MA/R
MA/R
MA/R
MA/R
BM-00/BV-00
MA-00/MH-00
PA-00/PH-00
UA-99/UH-99
FA-99/FH-99
TA-ZZ/TR-ZZ
ES-00/EJ-00
AT-00/AR-00
YA-99/YH-99
FT-99/FJ-99
YP-00/YQ-00
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
MA/R
R(3)54-000
MA/R
MA/R
MA/R
MA/R
E(6)22-000
E(4)11-000
E(4)12-000
E(3)8A-ZZZ/
R(3)8A-ZZZ
E(6)54-000***
JL-00
RB-00
RS-00
UT-ZZ/UJ-ZZ
E(3)84-000/
R(3)84-000
E(6)27-000/
E(6)28-000
R(6)A7-UUU/
E(6)A7-UUU
E(6)A8-000
E(6)A2-000
E(6)A1-000
E(3)1A-000
XT-00/XR-00
XT-ZZ/XR-ZZ****
LB-00/LS-00
[347]
Delinquency
MA/R
[346]
[347]
MA/R
MA/R
[348]
Walk Test End/Begin
T
[348]
[348]
[348]
[349]
Periodic Test with Trouble
Periodic Test
System Test
Periodic system test transmission with trouble
Periodic system test transmission
[*][6] bell/communications test
PC5700 Ground Fault Trouble/ Ground/Fault/Trouble occurs on the PC5700
[349]
PC5700 TLM Line 1 Trouble/Rest. TLM Trouble /Restore occurs on the PC5700
ila
-1
6ta
s
ex
ne
-
Rest
te
ns
ib
End of test/Beginning of test
-z
o
[347]
ta
t
[347]
Programmed amount of time (days or hours) for delinquency has
expired without zone activity, or without system being armed
Wireless Device Low Battery Wireless zones, panic pendants, handheld keypads, wireless keys
Trouble/Rest.
have low battery/all low batteries restored
Installer Lead In/Lead Out
Installer’s mode has been entered/exited
MA/R
T
T
T
MA/R
YX-00/YZ-00
ET-00/ER-00
c-
[347]
[347]
[347]
[347]
[345]-[346]
MA/R
pc
16
16
-n
MA/R
“Service Required” trouble (view troubles using [*][2])/trouble
restored
Gen System Supervisory
Control panel loses/restores communications with module(s)
Trouble/Rest.
connected to the Keybus
Cold Start (System Reset)
The system has been restarted after a total power loss. The reporting
code is sent after a 2 minute start-up delay
Phone# 1 or 2 FTC Restoral Control panel has restored communications to central station on
Phone# 1 or 2 (after FTC)
Event Buffer is 75% Full
Event buffer is almost full since last upload
DLS Lead In
Downloading session start
DLS Lead Out
Downloading session complete
Zone Fault/Rest.
One or more zones have faults/restored
LT-01/LR-01
RR-00
-d
s
Gen System Trouble/Rest.
E(3)51-000/
R(3)51-000
E(3)AA-000/
R(3)AA-000
E(3)3A-000/
R(3)3A-000
R(3)A5-000
sa
[345]-[346]
MA/R
clu
Telephone line monitoring trouble/Telephone line restored
in
TLM Failure/Restore
SIA Auto
Rep Codes**
ne
[345]-[346]
Automatic
Contact ID
Codes
k/
Dialer
Direction
*
Code Sent When...
a-
Reporting Code
ur
Section #
YK-00
CD-00
TE-00/TS-00
RY-00
RP-00
RX-00
US-00/UR-00
E(3)51-000/ LT-01/LR-01
R(3)51-000
PC5700 TLM Line 2 Trouble/Rest. TLM Trouble /Restore occurs on the PC5700
MA/R
E(3)52-000/ LT-02/LR-02
R(3)52-000
Closings
System armed (user 33-95 indicated)
O/C
R(4)A1-UUU CL-UU
Openings
System disarmed (user 33-95 indicated)
O/C
E(4)A1-UUU OP-UU
A/R = alarms/restorals; T/R = tampers/restorals; O/C = openings/closings; MA/R = miscellaneous alarms/restorals; T = test transmissions
UU = user number (User 01-95); ZZ = zone number (01-64)
Use the “Fail to close” event code [(4)54] to report closing or activity delinquency. Ensure the central station is aware that this code is used.
Zones are identified, panic pendants, wireless keys, and handheld keypads are not.
a6
MA/R
-a
la
rm
[349]
/c
en
tra
la
[601]-[604]
[605]-[608]
*
**
***
****
SC
Table 2: Contact ID Programmed Zone Alarm/Restoral Event Codes
Table 3: Automatic Zone Alarm/Restoral Codes
Fire Alarms
(1)38 Near Alarm
(1)1A Fire Alarm
General Alarms
(1)11
(1)12
(1)13
(1)14
(1)15
(1)4A
(1)43
(1)44
(1)45
(1)4A
ie
/c
(1)35 Day / Night
(1)36 Outdoor
(1)37 Tamper
ct
(1)34 Entry / Exit
(1)AA Medical
(1)A1 Pendant Transmitter
(1)A2 Fail to Report In
m
a-
an
General Alarm
Exp. module failure
Sensor tamper
Module Tamper
Cross Zone Police Code
(1)16 Duct
24 Hour Non-Burglary
(1)17 Flame
(1)18 Near Alarm
ro
/a
l
ar
Smoke
Combustion
Water Flow
Heat
Pull Station
tie
fra
Medical Alarms
en
tra
le
/D
(as per SIA DCS: ‘Contact ID’ 01-1999): Program any of these codes for zone
alarms/restorals when using the standard (non-automatic) Contact ID reporting
format.
er
e.
(1)5A 24 Hour non-Burg
(1)51 Gas detected
.e
-c
Panic
Duress
Silent
Audible
ww
(1)2A
(1)21
(1)22
(1)23
am
Panic Alarms
(1)52 Refrigeration
(1)53
(1)54
(1)55
(1)56
Loss of Heat
Water Leakage
Foil Break
Day Trouble
(1)57 Low bottled Gas level
(1)3A
(1)31
(1)32
(1)33
(1)58 High Temp
(1)59 Low Temp
(1)61 Loss of Air Flow
//
w
Burglar Alarms
ht
tp
s:
Burglary
Perimeter
Interior
24 Hour
56
Zone Definition
SIA Auto Rep
Codes*
Contact ID
Alarm Auto
Rep Codes*
Contact ID
Rest. Auto
Rep Codes
Delay 1
Delay 2
Instant
Interior
Interior Stay/Away
Delay Stay/Away
Delayed 24-Hr Fire
Standard 24-Hr Fire
24-Hr Supervisory
24-Hr Supervisory Buzzer
24-Hr Burglary
24-Hr Holdup
24-Hr Gas
24-Hr Heat
24-Hr Auxiliary (Medical)
24-Hr Panic
24-Hr Emerg. (non-medical)
24-Hr Sprinkler
24-Hr Water
24-Hr Freeze
24-Hr Latching
Interior Delay
Auto Verified Fire
24-Hr Fire Supervisory
Day Zone
Instant Stay/Away
24-Hr Bell/Buzzer
24-Hr Non-latching Tamper
Night Zone
Delayed 24-Hr Fire (Wireless)
Standard 24-Hr Fire(Wireless)
24-Hr CO Alarm
* ZZ or ZZZ= zones 01-64
BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ
BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ
BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ
BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ
BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ
BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ
FA-ZZ/FH-ZZ
FA-ZZ/FH-ZZ
US-ZZ/UR-ZZ
UA-ZZ/UH-ZZ
BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ
HA-ZZ/HH-ZZ
GA-ZZ/GH-ZZ
KA-ZZ/KH-ZZ
MA-ZZ/MH-ZZ
PA-ZZ/PH-ZZ
QA-ZZ/QH-ZZ
SA-ZZ/SH-ZZ
WA-ZZ/WH-ZZ
ZA-ZZ/ZH-ZZ
UA-ZZ/UH-ZZ
BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ
FA-ZZ/FH-ZZ
FS-ZZ/FV-ZZ
BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ
BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ
UA-ZZ/UH-ZZ
UA-ZZ/UH-ZZ
BA-ZZ/BH-ZZ
FA-ZZ/FH-ZZ
FA-ZZ/FH-ZZ
GA-ZZ/GH-ZZ
E(1)3A-ZZZ
E(1)3A-ZZZ
E(1)3A-ZZZ
E(1)3A-ZZZ
E(1)3A-ZZZ
E(1)3A-ZZZ
E(1)1A-ZZZ
E(1)1A-ZZZ
E(1)5A-ZZZ
E(1)5A-ZZZ
E(1)3A-ZZZ
E(1)22-ZZZ
E(1)51-ZZZ
E(1)58-ZZZ
E(1)AA-ZZZ
E(1)2A-ZZZ
E(1)A1-ZZZ
E(1)13-ZZZ
E(1)54-ZZZ
E(1)59-ZZZ
E(1)4A-ZZZ
E(1)3A-ZZZ
E(1)1A-ZZZ
E(2)AA-ZZZ
E(1)3A-ZZZ
E(1)3A-ZZZ
E(1)5A-ZZZ
E(1)4A-ZZZ
E(1)3A-ZZZ
E(1)1A-ZZZ
E(1)1A-ZZZ
E(1)62-ZZZ
R(1)3A-ZZZ
R(1)3A-ZZZ
R(1)3A-ZZZ
R(1)3A-ZZZ
R(1)3A-ZZZ
R(1)3A-ZZZ
R(1)1A-ZZZ
R(1)1A-ZZZ
R(1)5A-ZZZ
R(1)5A-ZZZ
R(1)3A-ZZZ
R(1)22-ZZZ
R(1)51-ZZZ
R(1)58-ZZZ
R(1)AA-ZZZ
R(1)2A-ZZZ
R(1)A1-ZZZ
R(1)13-ZZZ
R(1)54-ZZZ
R(1)59-ZZZ
R(1)4A-ZZZ
R(1)3A-ZZZ
R(1)1A-ZZZ
R(2)AA-ZZZ
R(1)3A-ZZZ
R(1)3A-ZZZ
R(1)5A-ZZZ
R(1)4A-ZZZ
R(1)3A-ZZZ
R(1)1A-ZZZ
R(1)1A-ZZZ
R(1)62-ZZZ
Appendix B: UL Listed Commercial and Residential Installations
Appendix B: UL Listed Commercial and Residential Installations
ULC Central Station Fire and Burglary Monitoring Installations
• For installation requirements, levels of security, communication modules and configurations (Refer to the ULC Installation Information Sheet, DSC #29002157)
• Use a CSA/cUL approved transformer (hardwired connections required for Fire Monitoring)
• All tamper circuits may be connected to the same zone
Programming
The notes in the programming sections describing the system configurations for UL/ULC
listed installations shall be implemented
Control of the Protected Premises
In order to have a UL certificated system the protected are is to be under the responsibility
of one ownership and management (i.e., one business under one name). This may be a
group of buildings attached or unattached with different addresses but under the responsibility of someone having mutual interest. The person of the mutual interest is not the
alarm-installing company.
Bell Location
The alarm sounding device (bell) shall be located where it can be heard by the person
operating the security system during the daily arming and disarming cycle.
Protection of the Control Unit
The local control unit and the local power supply must be protected in one of the following ways:
• The control unit and audible alarm device must be in a protected area which is armed 24
hours a day.
• Each partition must arm the area protecting the control unit and the audible alarm device
power supply. This may require duplicate protection armed by each partition. Access to
this protected area, without causing and alarm, will require that all partitions be disarmed.
• In all cases described above, the protected area for the control unit must be programmed
as not-bypassable.
Casual Users
The installer should caution the user(s) not to give system information (e.g. codes, bypass
methods, etc.) to casual users (baby-sitters or service people). Only the One-Time Use
codes shall be given to casual users.
User Information
The installer should advise the users and note in the User's Manual:
• Service organization name and telephone number
• The programmed exit time
• The programmed entry time
• Test system weekly
• The installer's code cannot arm or disarm the system
SIA False Alarm Reduction Installations
Minimum required system consists of one Control unit model PC1864 or PC1832 or
PC1616 and any one of the compatible listed keypads: PK5500, PK5501, PK5508,
PK5516, PKP-LCD, PKP-ICN. For a list of the defaults value programmed when the unit
is shipped from the factory and for any other programming information refer to Appendix
C: False Alarm Reduction.
The following optional subassembly modules also bear the SIA CP-01-2000 classification
and may be used if desired: PC5108 Zone Expander, PC5208 PGM Output Module,
PC5204 Auxiliary Power Supply and PC5400 Serial Output Module.
CAUTION
• For SIA FAR installations use only modules/devices that are listed on this page
• Fire Alarm Verification feature (Auto Verified Fire Zone type [29]) is not supported on
2-wire smoke detectors zones. This feature may be enabled for 4-wire smoke detectors
only . The fire alarm delay is 60s.
• Call Waiting Cancel (Section [382], Option 4) feature on a non-Call Waiting line will
prevent successful communication to the supervising station.
• All smoke detectors on the system must be tested annually by conducting the Installer
Walk Test. Prior to exiting the walk test mode, a sensor reset must be conducted on the
system, [*][7][2] to reset all latching 4-wire smoke detectors. Please refer to the smoke
detector installation instructions on how to correctly test the detectors.
NOTES
• Programming at installation may be subordinate to other UL requirements for the
intended application
• Cross zones have the ability to individually protect the intended area (e.g. motion detectors which overlap)
• Cross zoning is not recommended for line security Installations nor is to be implemented
on exit/entry zones.
• There is a communication delay of 30 seconds in this control panel. It can be removed, or
it can be increased up to 45 seconds at the option of the end user by consulting with the
installer.
• Do not duplicate any reporting codes. This applies for all communication formats other
than SIA or CID sending automatic programmed reporting codes.
• The security system shall be installed with the sounding device activated and the communicator enabled for transmission using SIA or CID format.
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
pc
16
16
-n
k/
The control panel model PC1616/PC1832/PC1864 has been tested and found in compliance with the following standard:
UL1610
Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units
UL365
Police Station Connected Burglar Alarm Units and Systems
UL1023
Household Burglar-Alarm System Units
UL985
Household Fire Warning System Units
UL1635
Digital Alarm Communicator System Units
ULC-S304-06
Signal Receiving Centre & Premise Burglar Alarm Control Units
ULC-S559-04
Equipment for Fire Signal Receiving Centres and Systems
ULC-S545-02
Residential Fire Warning System Control Units
ORD-C1023-1974 Household Burglar-Alarm System Units
This product has also been tested and found in compliance with the ANSI/SIA CP01-2000 Control Panel Standard - Features for False Alarm Reduction
This product is UL/ULC listed under the following categories:
AMCX/AMCXC Central Stations Alarm Units
APAW
Police-station-connected Alarm Units
DAYRC
Central Station Fire Alarm System Units
UTOU/UTOUC
Control Units and Accessories, Household System Type
NBSX/NBSXC
Household Burglar Alarm System Units
AMTB
Control Panels, SIA False Alarm Reduction
The product is labeled with the UL and ULC listing marks along with the SIA CP-01 compliance statement (Also Classified in accordance with SIA-CP-01 Standard) as proof of
compliance with the above mentioned standards. For further information on this product's
listings please also refer to the official listing guides published at the UL web site
(www.ul.com) under Certifications Section or ULC web site (www.ulc.ca) under Online
Directories.
UL/ULC Installations Required Programming Options
• All burglary-type zones shall be configured with SEOL or DEOL configuration (refer to
section [013], option 1 shall be OFF)
• Use at least one Smoke Detector for Fire Installations (refer to section [001], fire zone
shall be programmed as type 08 (hardwired) or 88 (wireless))
• The entry delay shall not exceed 60 seconds (refer to section [005])
• The exit delay shall not exceed 120 seconds (refer to section [005])
• The minimum Bell Time-out is 4 minutes (refer to section [005])
For ULC Residential Fire Installations the minimum Bell Time-out is 5 min.
For UL Home Health Care Installations the minimum Bell Time-out is 5 min.
For UL Commercial Burglary Installations minimum Bell Time-out is 15 min.
• Temporal Three Fire Signal shall be enabled (Section [013], option 8 shall be ON)
• Arm/Disarm Bell Squawk shall be enabled when using wireless key WS4939 (refer to
section [014], option 1 shall be ON)
• A code will be required for bypassing (Section [015], option 5 shall be ON)
• Trouble beeps shall be enabled (Section [023], option 7 shall be ON)
• AC trouble indication LED shall be enabled (refer to Keypad Programming, section
[075], options 5 and 6 shall be ON )
• DACT Communicator shall be enabled for Supervising Station Monitoring (refer to section [380], option 1 shall be ON).
The DACT communicator for this product has no line security.
• Telephone Line Monitoring (TLM) shall be enabled (refer to section [015], option 7 shall
be ON)
The product shall be programmed to perform 5 (min.) to 10 (max.) attemptsfor communication of an event to the supervising station. If unsuccessful, a Fail To Communicate (FTC) trouble is generated.
• Test transmission cycle shall be set for monthly transmission (see Section [377])
For ULC Residential/Commercial installations set for daily test transmission
UL Central Station and Police Connect with Standard or Encrypted Line Security
Service
• The installation must use the T-Link TL250 or T-Link TL300 Internet/Intranet communicator which communicates over LAN/WAN/Internet to the SG-System II or SG-System
II receivers.
• Polling time shall be 200 seconds and compromise detection time shall be 6 min.
• For Encrypted line security applications, the T-Link TL250 or TL300 shall have the
Encryption Key enabled (AES128 bit encryption algorithm is validated under NIST Certificate No. 109).
UL Local, Central Station and Police Connect with No Line Security Service
• The installation shall use a Bell which is UL Listed for Mercantile local alarms (i.e.
AMSECO MBL10B with model AB-12 bell housing.
• The digital communicator shall be enabled
• The control panel shall be in the attack resistant enclosure DSC Model CMC-1 or
PC4050CAR
UL Home Health Care Signaling Equipment
• There must be at least two keypads, one of either one of the compatible keypads models
PK5500, PK5501, PK5508, PK5516
• Each system shall be programmed to activate an audible Trouble signal within 90 seconds upon loss of microprocessor memory
•
ht
tp
s:
The control panel model PC1864/PC1832/PC1616 has also been tested and found in compliance with UL636 Standard for Holdup Alarm Units and Systems and is UL
listed under the ANET category when used in conjunction with the DSC Model WS4928 Holdup switch and the compatible wireless receiver model DSC RF5132-433.
For UL listed systems containing the UL holdup switch, the Force Arm (bit 5) zone attribute for Holdup zone (type 12) shall be enabled (ON).
57
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Appendix C: SIA False Alarm Reduction
Range/Default
Exit Time - [005], 3rd entry
Access to Entry and Exit delays for each partition and Bell Time Out for the system
For Full or auto arming:
Range: 45-255 seconds
Default: 60 sec.
Progress Annunciation/
Disable - for Silent Exit [014], Option 6 ON
Enables audible exit beeps from the keypad for the duration of exit delay
Individual keypads
may be disabled
Default: All Enabled
Exit Time Restart [018], Option 7 ON
Enables the exit delay restart feature
Default: Enabled
Auto Stay Arm on Unvacated
Premises - [001]-[004] Zone
type 05, 06
Function Key: Stay Arming. All Stay/Away type zones (05, 06) will be automatically
bypassed
If no exit after full arm
Default: Enabled
Exit Time and Progress
Annunciation/Disable
or Remote Arming [005] and [014] bit 6
System Times and Audible Exit beeps can be disabled when using the Key fob to
arm away the system
Default: Enabled
Entry Delay(s) - [005], 1st and
2nd entry
Access to Entry and Exit delays for each partition and Bell Time Out for the system.
NOTE: Combined Entry delay and Communications Delay (Abort Window) shall not
exceed 60s
Abort Window for Non-Fire
zones - [101]-[164] bit 7 ON
Access to zone attributes, i.e, swinger shutdown, transmission delay and cross
zone. Individual zones attribute bit 7 (Transmission delay) is by default ON
Abort Window - for Non-Fire
zones - [377], 4th entry
Access to the programmable delay before communicating alarms. NOTE: ComRange: 15 - 45 sec.
bined Entry delay and Communications Delay (Abort Window) shall not exceed 60s Default: 30 sec.
Abort Annunciation - [382],
Option 3 ON
Enables the “Communication Cancelled” message display on all keypads
Cancel Annunciation - [328],
8th entry
Access to the reporting code for Alarm Cancelled
Duress Feature - [][5] Master
Code - [99] Option 2 ON
Do not derive code from an existing Master/User code (e.g., Master code is 1234,
the duress code should not be 1233 or 1235)
Cross Zoning - [018]
Option 6 ON
[101]-[164] bit 9 OFF
This option enables Cross Zoning for entire system. Individual zones can be enabled for Cross zoning via Zone attribute bit 9 in sections [101] - [164]
Cross Zone Timer - [176]
Access to the programmable Cross Zone timer
Swinger Shutdown for Alarms
[377] 1st entry
Access to the swinger shutdown limit for zone alarms
Swinger Shutdown Disable [101] - [164] bit 6 ON
Access to zone attributes, i.e., swinger shutdown, transmission delay and cross
zone. Individual zones attribute bit 6 (Swinger shutdown enabled) is by default ON
Fire Alarm Verification Zone Type [29]
Call Waiting Cancel Dial String [304], [382], Opt. 4 OFF
Required
(programmable)
Required
Required
ila
-1
6ta
s
ib
te
ns
May be disabled
by zone or zone type
Default: Enabled
Required
-z
o
ne
-
ex
Required
(programmable)
Annunciate that a
Cancel was transmitted
Default: Enabled
Required
No 1+/- derivative of another
user code. No duplicates with
other user codes
Default: disabled
Allowed
Programming required
Default: Disabled
Required
May program
Range: 001-255 sec.
Default: 60 secs
Allowed
For all non-fire zones
shut down at 1 or 2 trips
Default: 1 Trip
Required
(programmable)
For non-police
response zones
Default: Enabled
Allowed
Auto Verified Fire, use only with 4 wire type detectors that can be reset by the panel
4-wire smoke detector powered from AUX + and PGM1 - PGM4 (type 03, Sensor
reset)
70 seconds reset and
confirmation time
Default: disabled
Required
Access to the dialing sequence used to disable call waiting
Dependant on user phone line
Default: disabled
Required
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
a6
Required
Testing
This mode is used to test each zone on the system for proper functionality
//
w
ww
.e
-c
Installer Walk Test Mode: [901]
s:
Walk Test End and Begin
Reporting Codes [348], 1st and
2nd Entries
Required
(programmable)
Annunciate that no
alarm was transmitted
Default: Enabled
The system activates all keypad sounders, bells or sirens for 2 seconds and all keypad lights turn on.
Refer to the User Manual (part no. 29008261)
Alarm Communications
During Walk Test [382] Opt. 2
Allowed
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
Allowed
Range: 30 sec. to 4 min.
Default: 30 sec.
System Test: [][6] Master
Code, Option 4
ht
tp
Requirement
k/
Comments
pc
16
16
-n
SIA Feature
Programming Section
Enables Communication of zone alarms while installer Walk Test is active
Access to the reporting codes for Walk Test Begin and Walk Test End
58
Appendix D: Troubleshooting Guide
Appendix D: Troubleshooting Guide
pc
16
16
-n
c-
Power up system
Program options as required (See Programming Section)
Violate, then restore zones
Verify correct Reporting Codes are sent to the Central Station
sa
-d
s
•
•
•
•
k/
Testing:
ila
-1
6ta
s
in
ne
ta
t
ur
a-
LCD Programmable-Message Keypad
• Press [][2] to view a trouble condition
• The trouble light will flash and the LCD will display the first trouble condition present
• Use the arrow keys to scroll through all trouble conditions present
clu
Troubleshooting:
NOTE: When additional information is available for a specific trouble condition a [] will appear on the display.
Press the [] key to view the additional information
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
LED Keypads, LCD Fixed Message Keypads
• Press [][2] to view a trouble condition
• The trouble light will flash
• Refer to the Trouble Summary chart below to determine the trouble condition(s) present
-a
la
rm
a6
Trouble Summary:
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
la
Light [1][] Service Required - Press [1] for more information
[1] Low Battery
[2] Bell Circuit
[3] General System Trouble
[4] General system Tamper
[5] Module Supervision
[6] RF Jam Detected
[7] PC5204 Low Battery
[8] PC5204 AC Failure
ct
ie
/c
Light [2] AC Trouble
tie
fra
Light [3] Telephone Line Trouble
a-
an
Light [4] Failure to Communicate
/a
l
ar
m
Light [5][] Zone Fault -Press [5] for more information
e.
ro
Light [6][] Zone Tamper - Press [6] for more information
am
er
Light [7][] Wireless Device Low Battery - Press [7] for more information
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
Light [8] Loss of Time or Date
59
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Cause
Troubleshooting
[1] Low Battery
Press [1] to determine specific trouble
k/
Trouble [1] Service Required
pc
16
16
-n
Trouble
NOTE: If battery is new allow 1 hour for battery to charge.
Main panel battery less than 11.1VDC
•
NOTE: This trouble condition will not
clear until the battery voltage is
12.5VDC min., under load
Verify voltage measured across AC terminals is 16-18 VAC.
Replace transformer if required
Disconnect battery wire leads
- Verify battery charging voltage measured across battery leads =
13.70 - 13.80 VDC
• Connect battery, remove AC power
- Verify measured voltage across battery terminals is 12.5VDC min.
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
•
[2] Bell Circuit
Bell+, Bell-...Open Circuit
•
[3] General System
Trouble
PC5204 Output#1 Open Circuit
•
If Output #1 is unused: Ensure that terminals O1, AUX are
jumpered with 1K resistor (Brown, Black, Red)
•
If Output #1 is used: Disconnect wire leads from O1, AUX
terminals, measure the resistance of the wire leads
- Open circuit indicates a break in the wiring
•
Verify voltage measured across AC input terminals is 16-18VAC
Disconnect all connections to PC5204 AUX terminal
- Verify AUX voltage is 13.70 - 13.80 VDC.
ne
-
•
ex
PC5204 AUX
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
Disconnect Bell-/Bell+ wire leads, measure resistance of wire
leads
- Open circuit indicates break in wiring or defective siren/bell
• Jumper Bell+, Bell- with 1K resistor (Brown, Black, Red)
- Verify trouble clears
Verify printer operation (out of paper, paper jam etc.)
T-Link Network Fault present
T-Link Receiver Trouble present
T-Link Interface Trouble present
Refer to the TL/GS Installation Manual for details
Tamper input on module(s) open circuit
[5] Module
Supervision
Panel does not communicate with
module(s) on KEYBUS
/c
en
tra
la
[4] General System
Tamper
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
Printer connected to PC5400 offline
SC
Modules are immediately enrolled and supervised when detected on
the KEYBUS. If a module has been removed, or if the slot assignment
of a keypad has been changed, module supervision must be reset.
• View the event buffer (via DLS or LCD5500 keypad) to identify the
specific module(s) in trouble
le
/D
Keypad assigned to incorrect slot
To reset module supervision:
- Enter Program Section [902]
- Press [#] (wait 1 minute for panel to scan KEYBUS)
• Enter Program Section [903] to identify modules connected to the
KEYBUS
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
•
Wireless Receiver - excessive noise
detected
[7] PC5204 Low
Battery
PC5204 battery less than 11.5VDC
Check for external 433MHZ signal sources.
To disable RF Jam: enable Option [7] in program section [804]
subsection [90]
a-
an
tie
[6] RF Jam Detected
Short tamper terminal to COM terminal on unused modules connected
to KEYBUS (PC5100, PC5108, PC5200, PC5204, PC5208, PC5320,
PC5400, PC5700)
/a
l
ar
m
See [1] Low Battery above
er
e.
ro
NOTE: This trouble condition will not
clear until the battery voltage is
12.5VDC min., under load
No AC at PC5204 AC inputs
Verify voltage measured across AC terminals is 16-18VAC.
Replace transformer if required
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
[8] PC5204 AC Failure
60
Appendix D: Troubleshooting Guide
Trouble
Cause
Troubleshooting
No AC at panel AC input
terminals
Verify voltage measured across AC terminals is 16-18VAC. Replace
transformer if required
pc
16
16
-n
k/
Trouble [2] AC Failure
Trouble [3] Telephone Line Trouble
-d
s
c-
• Measure the voltage across TIP and RING on the panel:
No phone off-hook – 50VDC (approx)
Any phone off-hook – 5VDC (approx)
• Wire incoming line directly to TIP and RING
If trouble clears, check wiring or the RJ-31 phone jack
in
clu
sa
Phone Line Voltage at TIP, RING on main
panel less than 3VDC
a-
ne
Trouble [4] Failure to Communicate
Connect a handset to TIP and RING of the control panel. Monitor for
the following conditions:
• Continuous dial tone
- Reverse TIP and RING
• Recorded operator message comes on
- Verify correct phone number is programmed
- Dial the number programmed using a regular telephone to
determine if a [9] must be dialed or if 800 service is blocked
• Panel does not respond to handshakes
- Verify the format programmed is supported by the central station
• Panel transmits data multiple times without receiving a handshake
- Verify that the account number and reporting codes are correctly
programmed
• Contact ID and Pulse formats
Program a HEX [A] to transmit a digit [0]
• SIA format
Program a digit [0] to transmit a digit [0]
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
ne
-
ex
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
Panel fails to communicate one or more
events to central station
Trouble [5] Zone Fault
Press [5] to determine specific zones with a fault trouble
•
tra
la
Open circuit is present on one or more
fire zones on the main panel or zone
expander
Remove the wire leads from Z and COM terminals and measure the
resistance of the wire leads
- An open circuit indicates a break in the wiring or resistor not
connected
• Connect a 5.6K resistor (Green, Blue, Red) across the Z and COM
terminals. Verify the trouble condition clears
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
•
An open circuit is present on PGM2 being
used as a 2-wire smoke detector input
Ensure the correct 2.2K end-of-line resistor is connected (Red,
Red, Red)
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
Remove the wire leads from PGM2 and AUX+ terminals and
measure the resistance of the wire leads
- An open circuit indicates a break in the wiring or no resistor
connected
• Connect a 2.2K resistor (Red, Red, Red) across the PGM2 and
AUX+ terminals. Verify the trouble condition clears
If the trouble occurs immediately, a conflict with a hard wired zone
exists:
- The zone being used is already assigned to a PC5108 zone
expander
- The zone being used is assigned as a keypad zone
• Perform a Module Placement Test – Program Section [904] and
verify the wireless device is in a good location
- If bad test results occur, test the wireless device in another location
- If the wireless device now tests good, the original mounting
location is bad
- If the wireless device continues to give bad test results replace the
wireless device
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
•
ww
//
w
s:
•
•
One or more wireless devices have not
checked in within the programmed time
ht
tp
Ensure fire zones have a 5.6K resistor (Green, Blue, Red)
connected
A short circuit is present on one or more
zones with double end-of-line resistors
enabled
•
Remove the wire leads from Z and COM terminals and measure the
resistance of the wire leads
- A short circuit indicates a short in the wiring
• Connect a 5.6K resistor (Green, Blue, Red) across the Z and COM
terminals
- Verify the trouble condition clears
61
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Cause
Troubleshooting
k/
Press [6] to determine specific zones with a tamper trouble
pc
16
16
-n
Trouble [6] Zone Tamper
•
Perform a Module Placement Test –Section [904]
•
Violate, then restore the tamper:
• If no test result then replace wireless device
An open circuit is present on one or more
zones with double end-of-line resistors
enabled
•
Remove the wire leads from Z and COM terminals
•
Measure the resistance of the wire leads
• Open circuit indicates a break in the wiring
•
Connect a 5.6K resistor (Green, Blue, Red) across the Z and COM
terminals
• Verify the trouble condition clears
sa
-d
s
c-
A tamper condition is present on one or
more wireless devices
a-
•
Replace battery
NOTE: The event will not be logged to
the event buffer until the wireless device
low battery delay time expires
NOTE: Replacing batteries will cause a tamper. Replacing cover will
restore the tamper causing the associated reporting codes to be sent
to the Central Station
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
One or more wireless devices has a low
battery
ib
1st press
– Wireless Zones
2nd press
– Handheld Keypads
3rd press
– Wireless Keys
Press [7] to toggle through specific devices with low battery trouble
ur
Trouble [7] Wireless Device Low Battery
ne
in
clu
Trouble
te
ns
Program Section [377] Opt 9
Enter the time and date (in military) using the following format:
HH:MM MM/DD/YY
Example. For 6:00 pm, June 29, 2010
Enter: [18] [00] [06] [29] [10]
/c
en
tra
la
-a
la
rm
•
To program the time and date:
Enter [][6][Master Code] then Press [1]
-z
o
•
a6
The main panel internal clock is not set
ne
-
ex
Trouble [8] Loss of Clock/Date
le
/D
SC
IMPORTANT!
Ensure you have the following information available before contacting Customer
Support
en
tra
- Control Panel Type and Version, (e.g., PC1864 v4.6)
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
NOTE: Version number can be accessed by entering [][Installer Code][900] on any LCD keypad.
This information is also located on a sticker on the Printed Circuit Board.
- List of modules connected to Control Panel, (e.g., PC5100, PC5204 etc.)
62
Appendix E: Template Programming
Appendix E: Template Programming
Digit 1 selects Zone 1-8 definition options
Digit 1 selects 1 of the following 6 options for zone definitions for the first 8 zones. A “0” in the digit 1 location indicates that the default settings for the first
8 zones are in place unless overridden. See Sections [001] to [004] on pages 30-31 for defaults.
Zn1
Zn2
Zn3
Zn4
Zn5
Zn6
Zn7
Zn8
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
3
6
6
4
5
5
3
5
5
4
5
5
3
5
5
4
5
5
3
5
5
4
8
7
3
5
8
1 Delay 1
2 Delay 2
3 Instant
4 Interior
5 Interior Stay/Away
6 Delayed Stay/Away
7 Delayed 24-Hour Fire
8 Standard 24-Hour Fire
in
clu
sa
-d
s
c-
Option
ne
•
pc
16
16
-n
k/
Template programming allows quick programming of the minimum functions required for basic operation. The below tables are used to determine the desired template to
be used (for information on performing template programming see Section 4 – Programming Descriptions). Each digit represents 1 of the template sections listed below.
The option number selected for each digit will make up the 5 digit template programming code.
NC Loops
ON
2
SEOL
OFF
3
DEOL
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Programming Section
te
ns
Phone Line 1
Programming
Section
Phone Line 2
Disabled
[380] Opt 1 OFF
Disabled
[380] Opt 1 OFF
SIA automatic Reporting Codes enabled
-z
o
1
ib
Digit 3 selects panel communications options
Option
[350] 1st Phone # [04]
[380] Opt 1 ON
[381] Opt 3 OFF
SIA automatic
Reporting Codes
enabled
[350] 2nd Phone # [XX]
Contact ID Reporting Codes enabled
[350] 1st Phone # [03]
[380] Opt 1 ON
[381] Opt 7 OFF
SIA automatic
Reporting Codes
enabled
[350] 2nd Phone # [XX]
SIA automatic Reporting Codes enabled
[350] 1st Phone #[04]
[380] Opt 1 ON
[381] Opt 3 OFF
Residential Dial
Enabled
[350] 2nd Phone # [06]
[350] 1st Phone # [03]
[380] Opt 1 ON / Opt 7
OFF
Residential Dial
Enabled
[350] 2nd Phone # [06]
[350] 1st Phone # [03]
[380] Opt 1 ON
[381] Opt 7 OFF
Contact ID Reporting
Codes Enabled
[350] 2nd Phone # [03]
-a
la
rm
a6
2
la
3
/c
en
tra
4
Contact ID Reporting Codes enabled
le
/D
SC
5
Contact ID Reporting Codes enabled
en
tra
6
Digit 4 selects reporting code configurations
ie
/c
•
[013] Opt 2
ex
•
[013] Opt 1
1
ila
-1
6ta
s
Option
ta
t
ur
Digit 2 selects system EOL configuration options
ne
-
•
a-
Refer to Section 4 for Zone definition details
Common
Selected
Openings/
Zone
Group
Troubles
Closings
Restorals
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
indicates included, Blank indicates default setting, indicates disabled
DLS/Installer
Lead In/Out
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
Option
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
Common Group
Description
Phone 1
Phone 2
Set all Reporting Codes to automatic
Sections
[320] - [349], [601] - [608] FF
Alarm/Restore call directions enabled
Tamper/Restore Call directions disabled
[359][1] OFF, [2] OFF
Opening/Closing Call directions disabled
[367][1] OFF, [2] OFF
Maintenance Call Directions enabled
Test Transmission Call directions disabled
63
[351][1] ON, [2] OFF
[375][1] ON, [2] OFF
[376][1] OFF, [2] OFF
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Bell Circuit
Fire, Alarm
Aux PS
TLM
General System
General System Supervisory
pc
16
16
-n
FF
00
FF
FF
FF
FF
00
FF
AC Failure
c-
[346] Restoral
FF
00
FF
FF
FF
00
00
FF
-d
s
[345] Alarms
Battery
sa
Trouble
k/
Selected Troubles
in
clu
FF = Communicate in automatic format , 00 = Disabled
Section
a-
CLOSINGS, Residential Dial Reporting codes
ur
Users
ne
Openings & Closings
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
9-16
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
[339]
17-24
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
[340]
25-32
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
[340]
33-40
FF
FF
FF
FF
FF
FF
FF
98
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
1-8
11
12
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
25
17-24
31
32
33
34
35
25-32
41
42
43
44
45
33-40
FF
FF
FF
FF
FF
00
00
00
27
28
[342]
37
38
[343]
46
47
48
[343]
FF
FF
98
a6
-z
o
36
00
[605]
[367]
Section
00
00
00
00
[324]-[327]
SC
1-64
26
tra
Alarm Restoral Reporting Codes
/c
en
Zones
[342]
la
Zone Restorals
18
-a
la
rm
Enable Opening/Closings call directions for Phone 2
[601]
Section
17
ex
1-8
9-16
te
ns
OPENINGS, Residential Dial Reporting codes
ne
-
Users
[339]
le
/D
00 = Disabled
en
tra
DLS/Installer Lead IN/OUT
DEF
00
ct
DEF
00
DEF
Section
DEF
DEF
DEF
DEF
00
fra
DEF
ie
/c
Miscellaneous Maintenance Reporting Codes
m
a-
Digit 5 selects DLS connection options.
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
1
/a
l
ar
Option
ht
tp
•
an
tie
DEF = No change to default values, 00 = Disabled
2
3
Programming Section
DLS Connection/Call back setting
[401] Option 1 OFF
Option 3 OFF
[406] 0
Double Call Disabled, Call Back Disabled
[401] Option 1 ON
Option 3 OFF
[406] 9
Double Call Enabled, Call Back Disabled
[401] Option 1 ON
Option 3 ON
[406] 9
Double Call Enabled, Call Back Enabled
Number of rings to answer on set to 0
Number of rings to answer on set to 9
Number of rings to answer on set to 9
64
00
[347]
Appendix F: Communicator Format Options
Appendix F: Communicator Format Options
• If an event’s reporting code is programmed as [00] or [FF],
the panel will not attempt to call central station.
• If the reporting code for an event is programmed as anything from [01] to [FE], the panel will send the programmed
reporting code.
• Account numbers must be four digits.
• If the digit ‘0’ is in the account number substitute the HEX
digit ‘A’ for the ‘0’.
• All reporting codes must be two digits.
• If the digit ‘0’ is in the reporting code substitute the HEX
digit ‘A’ for the ‘0’.
• To prevent the panel from reporting an event program the
reporting code for the event as [00] or [FF].
20 BPS, 1400 HZ handshake
20 BPS, 2300 HZ handshake
03
DTMF CONTACT I.D.
sa
02
pc
16
16
-n
01
c-
Communication Format
-d
s
Entry
k/
This section requires two 2-digit entries to set the communications format that is to be used for each phone number (1
per phone number). The 3rd telephone number uses the
format programmed for the 1st telephone number.
SIA FSK
05
Pager
06
Residential Dial
07
10 BPS, 1400 Hz handshake
08
10 BPS, 2300 Hz handshake
09
For Future Use
10
For Future Use
11
For Future Use
12
For Future Use
13
For Future Use
a-
ne
in
clu
04
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
Contact ID Sends Automatic
Reporting Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section [381], Option [7]
ib
SIA (Level 2)
SIA is a specialized format that will communicate information
quickly using frequency shift keying (FSK) rather than pulses.
The SIA format will automatically generate the type of signal
being transmitted, such as Burglary, Fire, Panic etc. The two
digit reporting code is used to identify the zone or access
code number.
ne
-
ex
te
ns
Reporting Codes
• SIA -0 is valid in Account or Rep Code (not 00 in a Reporting code though)
• ADEMCO Contact ID - 0 is not valid in Account or Rep
Code (A must be used, 10 in checksum)
• BPS Formats - 0 is not valid in Account or Rep Code (A
must be used)
• SIA - This format uses 300 Baud FSK as the communication media. The Account Code can be 4 or 6 hexadecimal
digits in length, All reporting codes must be 2 digits in
length. The SIA format will transmit a 4 (or 6) digit account
code, a 2-digit identifier code and a 2-digit reporting code.
The 2-digit identifier is pre programmed by the panel.
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
If the SIA format is selected the panel can be programmed
to automatically generate all zone and access code numbers eliminating the need to program these items.
If the SIA Sends Automatic Reporting Codes option is
enabled the panel will operate as follows:
If the reporting code for an event is programmed as [00] the
panel will not attempt to call the central station.
If the reporting code for an event is programmed as anything
from [01] to [FF] the panel will AUTOMATICALLY generate
the zone or access code number.
Bypassed zones will always be identified when partial closing the system.
The Communicator Call Direction Options can be used to
disable reporting of events such as Openings/Closings.
Also, if all the Opening/Closing reporting codes were programmed as [00] the panel would not report.
If the SIA Sends Automatic Reporting Codes option is
disabled the panel will operate as follows:
If the reporting code for an event is programmed as [00] or
[FF] the panel will not attempt to call the central station.
If the reporting code for an event is programmed as anything
from [01] to [FE] the panel will send the programmed reporting code.
Bypassed zones will not be identified when partial closing
the system.
1.
/c
en
tra
la
2.
Contact ID
Contact ID is a specialized format that will communicate
information quickly using tones rather than pulses. In addition to sending information more quickly the format also
allows more information to be sent. For example, rather
than reporting an alarm zone 1 the Contact ID format can
also report the type of alarm, such as Entry/Exit alarm zone
1.
If Contact ID Sends Automatic Reporting Codes is
selected, the panel will automatically generate a reporting
code for each event. These identifiers are listed in Appendix
A. If the Automatic Contact ID option is not selected, reporting codes must be programmed. The 2-digit entry determines the type of alarm. The panel will automatically
generate all other information, including the zone number.
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
3.
fra
ct
1.
a-
an
tie
2.
ar
m
3.
/a
l
NOTE: If the Automatic Contact ID option is selected, the panel will automatically generate all zone and access code numbers, eliminating the need to
program these items.
NOTE: The zone number for Zone Low Battery and Zone Fault events will
not be identified when Programmed Contact ID is used.
e.
ro
NOTE: The zone number for Zone Low Battery and Zone Fault events will
not be identified when Programmed SIA is used.
am
er
SIA Sends Automatic Reporting CodesSection [381], Option [3]
Communicator Call Direction Options . . . Section [351] to [376]
SIA Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A
.e
-c
If the Contact ID uses Automatic Reporting Codes
option is enabled, the panel will operate as follows:
• If an event’s reporting code is programmed as [00], the
panel will not attempt to call the central station.
• If the reporting code for an event is programmed as anything from [01] to [FF], the panel will automatically generate the zone or access code number. See Appendix A for
a list of the codes which will be transmitted.
If the Contact ID uses Programmed Reporting Codes
option is enabled, the panel will operate as follows:
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
Residential Dial
If Residential Dial is programmed and an event that is programmed to communicate occurs, the panel will seize the
line and dial the appropriate telephone number(s). Once the
dialing is complete, the panel will emit an ID tone and wait
for a handshake (press a 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, or #
key from any telephone). It will wait for this handshake for
65
PowerSeries - PC1616/PC1832/PC1864
Telephone Line Monitoring (TLM)
When the TLM Enable option is selected, the panel will
supervise the telephone line and will indicate a trouble condition if the telephone line is disconnected.
If the TLM Enable option is ON, the panel will check the telephone line every 10 seconds. If the telephone line voltage is
below 3V for the number of checks programmed in the TLM
Trouble Delay section, the panel will report a TLM trouble.
The default number of checks is 10. Enter a number from
(000) to (255) in the TLM Trouble Delay section to change
the number of checks before the TLM trouble is reported.
Programming a delay means that a momentary interruption
of the telephone line will not cause a trouble condition.
If the TLM Trouble Beeps When Armed option is enabled,
the panel will indicate a TLM trouble at the keypad while the
system is armed. To activate the bell output in the case of a
TLM trouble while the system is armed, the TLM Audible
(Bell) When Armed option must be selected.
When the trouble condition is restored, the panel can send a
TLM Restoral reporting code. Any events which occur while
the telephone line is down will also be communicated. If an
alternate communicator is being used, the panel can be programmed to report a TLM Trouble Reporting Code.
pc
16
16
-n
k/
the duration of Post Dial Wait for Handshake timer. Once
the panel receives the handshake, it will emit an alarm tone
over the telephone line for 20 seconds. If several alarms
occur at the same time, only one call will be made to each
telephone number the panel is programmed to call.
Communicator Call Direction Options . . . .Section [361] to [368]
-d
s
sa
clu
in
ne
a-
ur
ta
t
ila
-1
6ta
s
ib
te
ns
ex
ne
-z
o
a6
-a
la
rm
la
/c
en
tra
NOTE: Do not use the digit C in a reporting code when using Pager Format.
In most cases, the digit C will be interpreted as a [#], which will terminate
the page before it has finished.
NOTE: If the panel detects a busy signal, it will attempt to page again. It will
make the maximum number of attempts programmed in section [165].
Force dialing should be disabled when using Pager format.
When using Pager format, you must program two hex digit E’s at the end of
the telephone number.
c-
Pager Format
The Communicator Format option for either telephone
number can be programmed for Pager Format. If an event
occurs and the Communicator Call Direction options
direct the call to a telephone number with the Pager Format
selected the panel will attempt to page.
When calling a pager extra digits will be required to make it
work properly.The following is a list of Hex digits and what
function they perform:
Hex [A] - not used
Hex [B] - simulates the * key on a touch tone telephone
Hex [E] - two second pause
Hex [C] - simulates the [#] key on a touch tone telephone
Hex [F] - end of telephone number marker
Hex [D] - forces the panel to search for dial tone
The panel will attempt to call the pager one time. After dialing the digits in the telephone number the panel will send
the account number and reporting code followed by the [#]
key (Hex [C]).
There is no ringback when using Pager Format. The panel
has no way of confirming if the pager was called successfully; a failure to communicate trouble will only be generated
once the maximum number of attempts has been reached.
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
Pulse Formats
Depending on the pulse format selected the panel will communicate using the following:
• 3/1, 3/2, 4/1 or 4/2
• 1400 or 2300 Hz handshake
• 10 or 20 bits per second
• non-extended
The digit ‘0’ will send no pulses and is used as a filler. When
programming account numbers enter four digits. When programming a three digit account number the fourth digit must
be programmed as a plain ‘0’ which will act as a filler digit.
If an account number has a ‘0’ in it, substitute a HEX digit ‘A’
for the ‘0’. Examples:
• 3 digit account number [123]- program [1230]
• 3 digit account number [502] - program [5A20]
• 4 digit account number [4079] - program [4A79]
When programming reporting codes two digits must be
entered. If one digit reporting codes are to be used the second digit must be programmed as a ‘0’. If a ‘0’ is to be transmitted substitute a HEX digit ‘A’ for the ‘0’.
Examples:
• 1 digit reporting code [3] - program [30]
• 2 digit reporting code [30] - program [3A]
To prevent the panel from reporting an event program the
reporting code for the event as [00] or [FF].
66
Appendix F: Communicator Format Options
pc
16
16
-n
WARNING: When using equipment connected to the telephone network, there are basic safety instructions that
should always be followed. Refer to the Safety Instructions provided with this product; save them for future
reference. Instruct the end-user regarding the safety precautions that shall be observed when operating this
equipment.
-d
s
c-
Selecting a Suitable Location for the Alarm Controller
ex
te
ns
ib
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
Use the following list as a guide to find a suitable place for this equipment:
• Locate the control panel near a telephone socket and a power outlet.
• Select a place that is free from vibration and shock.
• Place the alarm controller on a flat, stable surface and follow the installation instructions:
Do NOT locate this product where persons can walk on the secondary circuit cable(s).
Do NOT connect the alarm controller to electrical outlets on the same circuit as large appliances.
Do NOT select a place that exposes the alarm controller to direct sunlight, excessive heat, moisture, vapors,
chemicals or dust.
Do NOT install this equipment near water (e.g., bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen/laundry sink, wet basement, or near
a swimming pool).
Do NOT install this equipment and its accessories in areas where there is a risk of explosion.
Do NOT connect this alarm controller to electrical outlets controlled by wall switches or automatic timers.
AVOID sources of radio interference.
AVOID setting up the equipment near heaters, air conditioners, ventilators, and/or refrigerators.
AVOID locating this equipment close to or on top of large metal objects (e.g., metal wall studs).
ne
-
Safety Precautions Required During Installation
la
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
• NEVER install this equipment and/or telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
• NEVER touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the
network interface.
• Ensure that cables are positioned so that accidents can not occur. Connected cables must not be subject to
excessive mechanical strain.
• For Direct Plug-in versions, use the transformer supplied with the device.
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
ar
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
The power supply must be Class II, FAIL SAFE with double or reinforced insulation between the PRIMARY and
SECONDARY circuit/ENCLOSURE and be an approved type acceptable to the local authorities. All national wiring
rules shall be observed.
67
k/
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR SERVICE PERSONS
Limited Warranty
International Warranty
The warranty for international customers is the same as for any customer within Canada and the United States, with the exception
that Digital Security Controls shall not be responsible for any customs fees, taxes, or VAT that may be due.
Warranty Procedure
k/
Disclaimer of Warranties
This warranty contains the entire warranty and shall be in lieu of any and all other warranties, whether expressed or implied (including all implied
warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose) and of all other obligations or liabilities on the part of Digital Security Controls.
Digital Security Controls neither assumes responsibility for, nor authorizes any other person purporting to act on its behalf to modify or to change
this warranty, nor to assume for it any other warranty or liability concerning this product. This disclaimer of warranties and limited warranty are
governed by the laws of the province of Ontario, Canada.
c-
To obtain service under this warranty, please return the item(s) in question to the point of purchase. All authorized distributors and
dealers have a warranty program. Anyone returning goods to Digital Security Controls must first obtain an authorization number.
Digital Security Controls will not accept any shipment whatsoever for which prior authorization has not been obtained.
(iii) products disassembled or repaired in such a manner as to adversely affect performance or prevent adequate inspection or testing to verify any
warranty claim.
Access cards or tags returned for replacement under warranty will be credited or replaced at DSC's option. Products not covered by this warranty,
or otherwise out of warranty due to age, misuse, or damage shall be evaluated, and a repair estimate shall be provided.
No repair work will be performed until a valid purchase order is received from the Customer and a Return Merchandise Authorization number
(RMA) is issued by DSC's Customer Service.
Digital Security Controls’ liability for failure to repair the product under this warranty after a reasonable number of attempts will be limited to a
replacement of the product, as the exclusive remedy for breach of warranty. Under no circumstances shall Digital Security Controls be liable for
any special, incidental, or consequential damages based upon breach of warranty, breach of contract, negligence, strict liability, or any other legal
theory. Such damages include, but are not limited to, loss of profits, loss of the product or any associated equipment, cost of capital, cost of
substitute or replacement equipment, facilities or services, down time, purchaser’s time, the claims of third parties, including customers, and
injury to property. The laws of some jurisdictions limit or do not allow the disclaimer of consequential damages. If the laws of such a jurisdiction
apply to any claim by or against DSC, the limitations and disclaimers contained here shall be to the greatest extent permitted by law. Some states
do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so that the above may not apply to you.
pc
16
16
-n
Digital Security Controls warrants the original purchaser that for a period of twelve months from the date of purchase, the product
shall be free of defects in materials and workmanship under normal use. During the warranty period, Digital Security Controls
shall, at its option, repair or replace any defective product upon return of the product to its factory, at no charge for labour and
materials. Any replacement and/or repaired parts are warranted for the remainder of the original warranty or ninety (90) days,
whichever is longer. The original purchaser must promptly notify Digital Security Controls in writing that there is defect in material
or workmanship, such written notice to be received in all events prior to expiration of the warranty period. There is absolutely no
warranty on software and all software products are sold as a user license under the terms of the software license agreement included
with the product. The Customer assumes all responsibility for the proper selection, installation, operation and maintenance of any
products purchased from DSC. Custom products are only warranted to the extent that they do not function upon delivery. In such
cases, DSC can replace or credit at its option.
Conditions to Void Warranty
-d
s
This warranty applies only to defects in parts and workmanship relating to normal use. It does not cover:
• damage incurred in shipping or handling;
• damage caused by disaster such as fire, flood, wind, earthquake or lightning;
• damage due to causes beyond the control of DSC such as excessive voltage, mechanical shock or water damage;
• damage caused by unauthorized attachment, alterations, modifications or foreign objects;
• damage caused by peripherals (unless such peripherals were supplied by Digital Security Controls Ltd.);
• defects caused by failure to provide a suitable installation environment for the products;
• damage caused by use of the products for purposes other than those for which it was designed;
• damage from improper maintenance;
• damage arising out of any other abuse, mishandling or improper application of the products.
sa
WARNING: Digital Security Controls recommends that the entire system be completely tested on a regular basis. However, despite frequent
testing, and due to, but not limited to, criminal tampering or electrical disruption, it is possible for this product to fail to perform as expected.
clu
Out of Warranty Repairs
Items Not Covered by Warranty
a-
ne
in
Digital Security Controls will at its option repair or replace out-of-warranty products which are returned to its factory according to the following
conditions. Anyone returning goods to Digital Security Controls must first obtain an authorization number. Digital Security Controls will not
accept any shipment whatsoever for which prior authorization has not been obtained. Products which Digital Security Controls determines to be
repairable will be repaired and returned. A set fee which Digital Security Controls has predetermined and which may be revised from time to
time, will be charged for each unit repaired. Products which Digital Security Controls determines not to be repairable will be replaced by the
nearest equivalent product available at that time. The current market price of the replacement product will be charged for each replacement unit.
ur
In addition to the items which void the Warranty, the following items shall not be covered by Warranty: (i) freight cost to the repair
centre; (ii) products which are not identified with DSC's product label and lot number or serial number;
WARNING - READ CAREFULLY
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
ta
t
ila
-1
6ta
s
ib
te
ns
ex
ne
-
-z
o
tra
This system has been carefully designed to be as effective as possible. There are circumstances, however, involving fire, burglary, or other types of
emergencies where it may not provide protection. Any alarm system of any type may be compromised deliberately or may fail to operate as
expected for a variety of reasons. Some but not all of these reasons may be:
• Inadequate Installation
A security system must be installed properly in order to provide adequate protection. Every installation should be evaluated by a security
professional to ensure that all access points and areas are covered. Locks and latches on windows and doors must be secure and operate as intended.
Windows, doors, walls, ceilings and other building materials must be of sufficient strength and construction to provide the level of protection
expected. A reevaluation must be done during and after any construction activity. An evaluation by the fire and/or police department is highly
recommended if this service is available.
• Criminal Knowledge
This system contains security features which were known to be effective at the time of manufacture. It is possible for persons with criminal intent to
develop techniques which reduce the effectiveness of these features. It is important that a security system be reviewed periodically to ensure that its
features remain effective and that it be updated or replaced if it is found that it does not provide the protection expected.
• Access by Intruders
Intruders may enter through an unprotected access point, circumvent a sensing device, evade detection by moving through an area of insufficient
coverage, disconnect a warning device, or interfere with or prevent the proper operation of the system.
• Power Failure
Control units, intrusion detectors, smoke detectors and many other security devices require an adequate power supply for proper operation. If a
device operates from batteries, it is possible for the batteries to fail. Even if the batteries have not failed, they must be charged, in good condition and
installed correctly. If a device operates only by AC power, any interruption, however brief, will render that device inoperative while it does not
have power. Power interruptions of any length are often accompanied by voltage fluctuations which may damage electronic equipment such as a
security system. After a power interruption has occurred, immediately conduct a complete system test to ensure that the system operates as
intended.
• Failure of Replaceable Batteries
This system’s wireless transmitters have been designed to provide several years of battery life under normal conditions. The expected battery life is
a function of the device environment, usage and type. Ambient conditions such as high humidity, high or low temperatures, or large temperature
fluctuations may reduce the expected battery life. While each transmitting device has a low battery monitor which identifies when the batteries
need to be replaced, this monitor may fail to operate as expected. Regular testing and maintenance will keep the system in good operating condition.
• Compromise of Radio Frequency (Wireless) Devices
Signals may not reach the receiver under all circumstances which could include metal objects placed on or near the radio path or deliberate
jamming or other inadvertent radio signal interference.
• System Users
A user may not be able to operate a panic or emergency switch possibly due to permanent or temporary physical disability, inability to reach the
device in time, or unfamiliarity with the correct operation. It is important that all system users be trained in the correct operation of the alarm system
and that they know how to respond when the system indicates an alarm.
a6
System Failures
• Smoke Detectors
Smoke detectors that are a part of this system may not properly alert occupants of a fire for a number of reasons, some of which follow. The smoke detectors may
have been improperly installed or positioned. Smoke may not be able to reach the smoke detectors, such as when the fire is in a chimney, walls or roofs, or on the
other side of closed doors. Smoke detectors may not detect smoke from fires on another level of the residence or building.
Every fire is different in the amount of smoke produced and the rate of burning. Smoke detectors cannot sense all types of fires equally well. Smoke detectors may
not provide timely warning of fires caused by carelessness or safety hazards such as smoking in bed, violent explosions, escaping gas, improper storage of
flammable materials, overloaded electrical circuits, children playing with matches or arson.
Even if the smoke detector operates as intended, there may be circumstances when there is insufficient warning to allow all occupants to escape in time to avoid
injury or death.
• Motion Detectors
Motion detectors can only detect motion within the designated areas as shown in their respective installation instructions. They cannot discriminate between
intruders and intended occupants. Motion detectors do not provide volumetric area protection. They have multiple beams of detection and motion can only be
detected in unobstructed areas covered by these beams. They cannot detect motion which occurs behind walls, ceilings, floor, closed doors, glass partitions, glass
doors or windows. Any type of tampering whether intentional or unintentional such as masking, painting, or spraying of any material on the lenses, mirrors,
windows or any other part of the detection system will impair its proper operation.
Passive infrared motion detectors operate by sensing changes in temperature. However their effectiveness can be reduced when the ambient temperature rises near
or above body temperature or if there are intentional or unintentional sources of heat in or near the detection area. Some of these heat sources could be heaters,
radiators, stoves, barbeques, fireplaces, sunlight, steam vents, lighting and so on.
• Warning Devices
Warning devices such as sirens, bells, horns, or strobes may not warn people or waken someone sleeping if there is an intervening wall or door. If warning devices
are located on a different level of the residence or premise, then it is less likely that the occupants will be alerted or awakened. Audible warning devices may be
interfered with by other noise sources such as stereos, radios, televisions, air conditioners or other appliances, or passing traffic. Audible warning devices, however
loud, may not be heard by a hearing-impaired person.
• Telephone Lines
If telephone lines are used to transmit alarms, they may be out of service or busy for certain periods of time. Also an intruder may cut the telephone line or defeat its
operation by more sophisticated means which may be difficult to detect.
• Insufficient Time
There may be circumstances when the system will operate as intended, yet the occupants will not be protected from the emergency due to their inability to respond
to the warnings in a timely manner. If the system is monitored, the response may not occur in time to protect the occupants or their belongings.
• Component Failure
Although every effort has been made to make this system as reliable as possible, the system may fail to function as intended due to the failure of a component.
• Inadequate Testing
Most problems that would prevent an alarm system from operating as intended can be found by regular testing and maintenance. The complete system should be
tested weekly and immediately after a break-in, an attempted break-in, a fire, a storm, an earthquake, an accident, or any kind of construction activity inside or
outside the premises. The testing should include all sensing devices, keypads, consoles, alarm indicating devices and any other operational devices that are part of
the system.
•Security and Insurance
Regardless of its capabilities, an alarm system is not a substitute for property or life insurance. An alarm system also is not a substitute for property owners, renters,
or other occupants to act prudently to prevent or minimize the harmful effects of an emergency situation.
-a
la
rm
This warning contains vital information. As the only individual in contact with system users, it is your responsibility to bring each item in this
warning to the attention of the users of this system.
la
Note to Installers
IMPORTANT - READ CAREFULLY: DSC Software purchased with or without Products and Components
is copyrighted and is purchased under the following license terms:
m
a-
an
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
• This End-User License Agreement (“EULA”) is a legal agreement between You (the company, individual or entity who acquired
the Software and any related Hardware) and Digital Security Controls, a division of Tyco Safety Products Canada Ltd.
(“DSC”), the manufacturer of the integrated security systems and the developer of the software and any related products or components (“HARDWARE”) which You acquired.
• If the DSC software product (“SOFTWARE PRODUCT” or “SOFTWARE”) is intended to be accompanied by HARDWARE,
and is NOT accompanied by new HARDWARE, You may not use, copy or install the SOFTWARE PRODUCT. The SOFTWARE PRODUCT includes computer software, and may include associated media, printed materials, and “online” or electronic
documentation.
• Any software provided along with the SOFTWARE PRODUCT that is associated with a separate end-user license agreement is
licensed to You under the terms of that license agreement.
• By installing, copying, downloading, storing, accessing or otherwise using the SOFTWARE PRODUCT, You agree unconditionally to be bound by the terms of this EULA, even if this EULA is deemed to be a modification of any previous arrangement or
contract. If You do not agree to the terms of this EULA, DSC is unwilling to license the SOFTWARE PRODUCT to You, and
You have no right to use it.
ar
SOFTWARE PRODUCT LICENSE
ht
tp
s:
//
w
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties, as well as other intellectual
property laws and treaties. The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is licensed, not sold.
1.GRANT OF LICENSE This EULA grants You the following rights:
(a) Software Installation and Use - For each license You acquire, You may have only one copy of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT
installed.
(b) Storage/Network Use - The SOFTWARE PRODUCT may not be installed, accessed, displayed, run, shared or used
concurrently on or from different computers, including a workstation, terminal or other digital electronic device (“Device”). In
other words, if You have several workstations, You will have to acquire a license for each workstation where the SOFTWARE
will be used.
(c) Backup Copy - You may make back-up copies of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT, but You may only have one copy per license
installed at any given time. You may use the back-up copy solely for archival purposes. Except as expressly provided in this
EULA, You may not otherwise make copies of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT, including the printed materials accompanying
the SOFTWARE.
2. DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS
(a) Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation and Disassembly - You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or
disassemble the SOFTWARE PRODUCT, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation. You may not make any changes or modifications to the Software, without the written
permission of an officer of DSC. You may not remove any proprietary notices, marks or labels from the Software Product. You
shall institute reasonable measures to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of this EULA.
(b) Separation of Components - The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is licensed as a single product. Its component parts may not be
separated for use on more than one HARDWARE unit.
(c) Single INTEGRATED PRODUCT - If You acquired this SOFTWARE with HARDWARE, then the SOFTWARE
PRODUCT is licensed with the HARDWARE as a single integrated product. In this case, the SOFTWARE PRODUCT may
only be used with the HARDWARE as set forth in this EULA.
(d) Rental - You may not rent, lease or lend the SOFTWARE PRODUCT. You may not make it available to others or post it on a
server or web site.
(e)Software Product Transfer - You may transfer all of Your rights under this EULA only as part of a permanent sale or transfer
of the HARDWARE, provided You retain no copies, You transfer all of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades and this EULA), and provided the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA.
If the SOFTWARE PRODUCT is an upgrade, any transfer must also include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT.
(f) Termination - Without prejudice to any other rights, DSC may terminate this EULA if You fail to comply with the terms and conditions of
this EULA. In such event, You must destroy all copies of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT and all of its component parts.
(g) Trademarks - This EULA does not grant You any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of DSC or its suppliers.
3. COPYRIGHT - All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE PRODUCT (including but not limited to any images,
photographs, and text incorporated into the SOFTWARE PRODUCT), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the SOFTWARE
PRODUCT, are owned by DSC or its suppliers. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE PRODUCT. All title and
intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT are the property of the
respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants You no
rights to use such content. All rights not expressly granted under this EULA are reserved by DSC and its suppliers.
4. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS - You agree that You will not export or re-export the SOFTWARE PRODUCT to any country, person, or entity
subject to Canadian export restrictions.
5. CHOICE OF LAW - This Software License Agreement is governed by the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada.
6. ARBITRATION - All disputes arising in connection with this Agreement shall be determined by final and binding arbitration in accordance
with the Arbitration Act, and the parties agree to be bound by the arbitrator’s decision. The place of arbitration shall be Toronto, Canada, and the
language of the arbitration shall be English.
7. LIMITED WARRANTY
(a) NO WARRANTY - DSC PROVIDES THE SOFTWARE “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY. DSC DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE
SOFTWARE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS OR THAT OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR
ERROR-FREE.
(b) CHANGES IN OPERATING ENVIRONMENT - DSC shall not be responsible for problems caused by changes in the operating
characteristics of the HARDWARE, or for problems in the interaction of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT with non-DSC-SOFTWARE or
HARDWARE PRODUCTS.
(c) LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; WARRANTY REFLECTS ALLOCATION OF RISK - IN ANY EVENT, IF ANY STATUTE
IMPLIES WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS NOT STATED IN THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT, DSC’S ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER
ANY PROVISION OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE GREATER OF THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY
PAID BY YOU TO LICENSE THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT AND FIVE CANADIAN DOLLARS (CAD$5.00). BECAUSE SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES, THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
(d) DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES - THIS WARRANTY CONTAINS THE ENTIRE WARRANTY AND SHALL BE IN LIEU OF
ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) AND OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ON
THE PART OF DSC. DSC MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES. DSC NEITHER ASSUMES NOR AUTHORIZES ANY OTHER
PERSON PURPORTING TO ACT ON ITS BEHALF TO MODIFY OR TO CHANGE THIS WARRANTY, NOR TO ASSUME FOR IT
ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR LIABILITY CONCERNING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT.
(e) EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND LIMITATION OF WARRANTY - UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL DSC BE LIABLE FOR
ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES BASED UPON BREACH OF WARRANTY, BREACH
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE
NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, COST OF
CAPITAL, COST OF SUBSTITUTE OR REPLACEMENT EQUIPMENT, FACILITIES OR SERVICES, DOWN TIME, PURCHASERS
TIME, THE CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES, INCLUDING CUSTOMERS, AND INJURY TO PROPERTY.
WARNING: DSC recommends that the entire system be completely tested on a regular basis. However, despite frequent testing, and due to,
but not limited to, criminal tampering or electrical disruption, it is possible for this SOFTWARE PRODUCT to fail to perform as expected.
FCC COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
Company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to
maintain uninterrupted service.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates,
uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with
the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be deter-mined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one
or more of the following measures:
• Re-orient the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the
receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help.
The user may find the following booklet prepared by the FCC useful: "How to Identify and
Resolve Radio/Television Interference Problems". This booklet is available from the U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington D.C. 20402, Stock # 004-000-00345-4.
Equipment Maintenance Facility
ila
-1
6ta
s
ta
t
ur
a-
ne
in
clu
sa
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility
commission, public service commission or corporation commission for information.
Alarm dialling equipment must be able to seize the telephone line and place a call in an
emergency situation. It must be able to do this even if other equipment (telephone, answering system, computer modem, etc.) already has the telephone line in use. To do so, alarm
dialling equipment must be connected to a properly installed RJ-31X jack that is electrically in series with and ahead of all other equipment attached to the same telephone line. Proper installation is depicted in the figure below. If you have any questions concerning these
instructions, you should consult your telephone company or a qualified installer about installing the RJ-31X jack and alarm dialling equipment for you.
ib
te
ns
ex
ne
-a
la
rm
a6
-z
o
Telephone Connection Requirements
la
INDUSTRY CANADA STATEMENT
en
tra
le
/D
SC
/c
en
tra
The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone
line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to
an incoming call.
In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the
number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact
the local Telephone Company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this
product is part of the product identifier that has the format.
US: AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point
(e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label.
Incidence of Harm
tie
fra
ct
ie
/c
If this equipment PC1864/PC1832/PC1616 causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may
be required. But if advance notice is not practical, the Telephone Company will notify the
customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint
with the FCC if you believe it is necessary.
-d
s
Additional Information
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules. On the side of this equipment is
a label that contains, among other information, the FCC registration number and ringer
equivalence number (REN) for this equipment. If requested, this number must be provided
to the Telephone Company.
PC1864 Product Identifier
US: F53AL01BPC1864
PC1832 Product Identifier
US: F53AL01BPC1832
PC1616 Product Identifier
US: F53AL01BPC1614
REN:
0.1B
USOC Jack:
RJ-31X
Ringer Equivalence Number (REN)
c-
pc
16
16
-n
If trouble is experienced with this equipment PC1616, PC1832, PC1864 for repair or warranty information, please contact the facility indicated below. If the equipment is causing
harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company may request that you disconnect
the equipment until the problem is solved. This equipment is of a type that is not intended
to be repaired by the end user.
DSC c/o APL Logistics, 757 Douglas Hill Rd., Lithia Springs, GA 30122
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the
ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is
designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details.
k/
NOTE: CAUTION: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by
Digital Security Controls could void your authority to use this equipment.
NOTICE: This Equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical Specifications. This is confirmed by the registration number. The abbreviation, IC, before the registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration
of Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. It does not
imply that Industry Canada approved the equipment.
NOTICE: The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) for this terminal equipment is 0.1. The
REN assigned to each terminal equipment provides an indication of the maximum number of
terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface
may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the
Ringer Equivalence Numbers of all devices does not exceed five.
PC1616 Registration numberIC: 160A-PC1614
PC1832 Registration numberIC: 160A-PC1832
PC1864 Registration numberIC: 160A-PC1864
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian interference-causing equipment regulations.
Cet appareil numérique de la Classe B respecte toutes les exigences de règlement sur le
materiel brouilleur du Canada.
an
Changes in Telephone Company Equipment or Facilities
ar
m
a-
The Telephone Company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens the Telephone
ww
.e
-c
am
er
e.
ro
/a
l
The trademarks, logos, and service marks displayed on this document are registered in the United States [or other countries]. Any misuse of the trademarks is strictly prohibited and Tyco
International Ltd. will aggressively enforce its intellectual property rights to the fullest extent of the law, including pursuit of criminal prosecution wherever necessary. All trademarks not
owned by Tyco International Ltd. are the property of their respective owners, and are used with permission or allowed under applicable laws.
Product offerings and specifications are subject to change without notice. Actual products may vary from photos. Not all products include all features. Availability varies by region;
contact your sales representative.
ht
tp
s:
//
w
2 9 0 0 8 2 4 7R0 0 4
© 2014 Tyco International Ltd. and its Respective Companies. All Rights Reserved.
Tech Support: 1-800-387-3630 (Canada & U.S.) or 905-760-3000
www.dsc.com
Download PDF
Similar pages